Professional Documents
Culture Documents
2021
EDITION
electromagnetic waves
and transmission lines
[Electronics and Communication Engineering]
B.Tech (R19) (JNTU-Anantapur)
Salient Features
Book Contents Exclusively Prepared for JNTU University
Conforming to the Latest R19 Curriculum Prescribed by the (JNTU-A)
Including Model Question Papers with Solutions as Per Latest Exam Pattern
Subject Dealt in a Simple and Easy to Understand Language
Exhaustive Coverage of Topics from Examination Point of View
Unit-wise Definition/Formulae
Focus on Mid Exams along with Externals
Maximum Questions were Asked from SIA Books in Final Exams, Many Students Scored High Marks
in All Subjects After Studying from SIA Books
Books Available for B.Tech II-Year II-Sem ECE (R19) (JNTU-A)
- Electromagnetic Waves and Transmission Lines
- Control Systems
- Analog Communications
- Python Programming
Despite every effort taken to present the book without errors, some errors might have crept in.
We do not take any legal responsibility for such errors and omissions.
However, if they are brought to our notice, they will be corrected in the next edition.
Printed at:
SIA Publishers & Distributors Pvt. Ltd.,
Shed No. C-8/2, IDA Uppal, Hyderabad-39.
MAIN BRANCH PUTLI BOWLI KOTI S.R.NAGAR A.S. RAO NAGAR KOMPALLY
94 Bus Stop, Putli Bowli, Lane Beside Gokul Chat, Beside HDFC Bank, Opp: Malabar Gold & Diamonds Store
Opp. to Osmania Medical College Gate (HYD) Opp. Women’s College Road (HYD) Gajalaxmi Estates (HYD) Main Road (Sec-bad) Inter/Degree College
040 - 66447999 040 - 6641 5999 040 - 6614 5999 040 - 35103999 +91 9949963281
+91 91001 23113 +91 99638 98569 +91 89193 45411 +91 98857 82211
Introduction to the subject
The subject ‘Electromagnetic Theory and Transmission Lines’ introduced in B.Tech II-Year II-Sem, ECE,
JNTU-Anantapur, is a combination of two important disciplines namely ‘Electromagnetic Theory’ and ‘Transmission
Lines’.
‘Electromagnetic Theory’ deals with the study of charges both at rest and in motion. It is one of the oldest subject that
was developed to incorporate the various requirements of military defense. It helps to understand, analyze and design
numerous Electrical, Electronics and Electromechanical Systems.
The study of ‘Transmission Lines’ provides an introduction on the important concepts such as propagation, reflection
and interference of signals. It finds its major applications in communication system inorder to understand Line
communication, Audio communication, Video communication, Satellite communication and Microwave communication.
The subject is considered as a prerequisite in different fields of engineering. A sound knowledge in Electromagnetic
Theory and Transmission Lines enables an engineer to perceive various important concepts of Electrical engineering,
Antenna and Radar technology, Atomic and Nuclear research, etc.
The table below illustrates the complete idea about the subject, which will be helpful to plan and score good marks
in the end examinations.
No. of
S.No. Unit Name Questions Weightage Description
Short Essay
Contents
Introduction to the Subject
Model Question Papers with Solutions (As Per Latest External Exam Pattern)
4.2 Brewster Angle, Critical Angle and Total Internal Reflection Q16 - Q21 4.11
5.6 Stub Matching – Single and Double Stub Matching Q48 - Q50 5.33
Vector Calculus: Differential length area and volume, line surface and volume integrals, del operator,
gradient, divergent and curl operations.
Coulomb’s Law, Electric Field Intensity – Fields due to Different Charge Distributions, Electric Flux Density,
Gauss Law and Applications, Divergence Theorem, Electric Potential, Relations Between E and V, Maxwell’s
Two Equations for Electrostatic Fields, Energy Density, Convection and Conduction Currents, Dielectric
Constant, Isotropic and Homogeneous Dielectrics, Continuity Equation, Relaxation Time, Poisson’s and
Laplace’s Equations, Capacitance – Parallel Plate, Coaxial, Spherical Capacitors, Illustrative Problems.
UNIT-2
Biot-Savart Law, Ampere’s Circuital Law and Applications, Magnetic Flux Density, Maxwell’s Two Equations
for Magneto static Fields, Magnetic Scalar and Vector Potentials, Forces due to Magnetic Fields, Magnetic
dipole, Ampere’s Force Law, Inductances and Magnetic Energy, Illustrative Problems.
Faraday’s Law and Transformer e.m.f, Inconsistency of Ampere’s Law and Displacement Current Density,
Maxwell’s equations for time varying fields, Maxwell’s Equations in Different Final Forms and Word Statements,
Illustrative Problems
UNIT-3
Boundary Conditions of Electromagnetic fields: Dielectric-Dielectric and Dielectric-Conductor
Interfaces, Wave Equations for Conducting and Perfect Dielectric Media, Uniform Plane Waves – Definition,
All Relations between E & H, Sinusoidal Variations, Wave Propagation in Lossless and Conducting Media,
Conductors & Dielectrics – Characterization, Wave Propagation in Good Conductors and Good Dielectrics,
Polarization, Illustrative Problems.
UNIT-4
Reflection and Refraction of Plane Waves – Normal and Oblique Incidences, for both Perfect Conductor and
Perfect Dielectrics, Brewster Angle, Critical Angle and Total Internal Reflection, Surface Impedance, Poynting
Vector, and Poynting Theorem – Applications, Power Loss in a Plane Conductor, Illustrative Problems.
UNIT-5
Transmission Lines: Introduction, Transmission line parameters, Transmission line equivalent circuit,
Transmission line equations and their solutions in their phasor form, input impedance, standing wave ratio,
Transmission of finite length- half wave, quarter wave transmission line, Smith chart, graphical analysis of
transmission lines using Smith chart, stub matching- single and double stub matching, Illustrative Problems.
list of Important Formulae L.1
7. Electric Potential
UNIT - 1 Electric potential is defined as the workdone per unit
1. Divergence Theorem charge in bringing a point charge from infinity or a zero
Divergence theorem states that the integral of the reference point into the vicinity of an electric field.
divergence of a vector field through out the volume ‘v’ W
is equal to the surface integral of normal component of i.e., V =
Q
that vector field over enclosed surface surrounding the
volume. 8.
Relation between E and V
The relation between electric field (E) and electric
potential (V) is,
E = –∇V
(or)
9. Maxwell’s Equations for Electrostatic Field
The Maxwell’s two equations for electrostatic field are,
∇.D = ρv
2. Stoke’s Theorem
The integral of a curl of a vector field over a open surface ∇ × E = 0
area closed by linear path is equal to the integral of vector 10. Convection Current
field over closed path. It is represented as, The convection current at a given point passing through
(∇ × A).ds = ∫ ∫ A.d L
L
a unit surface area normal to the direction of current is
known as convection current density.
s
11. Conduction Current
(or) The conduction current at a given point, passing through
(∇ × A ).n ds = ∫ ∫ A.d L
L
a unit surface area normal to the direction of current is
known as conduction current density.
s
12. Dielectric Constant
3. Coulomb’s Law Dielectric constant is defined as the ratio of permittivity
Coulomb’s law states that, the force (F) between two to that of free space. It is denoted as εr
charged bodies (Q1 and Q2) is directly proportional to ε
the product of their charges and inversely proportional ∴ εr =
ε0
to the square of the distance (R) between them.
Q1Q2 13. Continuity Equation
i.e., F ∝ 2 Continuity equation states that the charge, flowing
R
outwards per second is equal to the rate of decrease of
4. Electric Field Intensity
charge per unit volume.
Electric field intensity is defined as the ratio of electric
force (F) and unit positive charge (Q). ∂ρ v
i.e., ∇.J = –
F ∂t
i.e., E = N/C or V/m 14. Relaxation Time
Q
The time taken by the charge density to drop to 36.8% of
5. Electric Flux Density its initial value is referred to as the relaxation time (Tr).
Electric flux density is defined as “the electric flux per 15. Capacitance
unit differential area”. This is designated by ‘ D ’, and Capacitance is defined as the ratio of the amount of charge
is given by the expression, stored by a device to the potential across that device.
i.e., C = Q/V
dψ
D= an c/m2 16. Poisson Equation
ds The poisson’s equation for homogeneous media is,
6. Gauss Law −ρv
∇2V =
According to Gauss’s law, the net flux emerging from ε
any closed surface is equal to the total charge enclosed 17. Laplace Equation
by that surface. ∇2V = 0
Mathematically, The above equation is called as the Laplace’s equation
which is obtained from the Poisson’s equation for a
ψ=Q charge distribution free of volume charges.
UNIT - 2 UNIT - 3
1. Biot Savart’s Law 1. Wave Equations For Conducting Media
| Idl | sin θ The wave equations for conducting medium are,
Magnetic Field Intensity, |dH| = A/m.
4π R 2
∂2E ∂E
(i) ∇ 2 E = µε + µσ
2. Ampere’s Circuital Law ∂t 2 ∂t
∫
Vm = − H .dI ; provided J = 0
m
4.
Intrinsic Impedance (or) Characteristic Impedance
Intrinsic impedance or characteristic impedance is
defined as the ratio of amplitudes of electric and magnetic
6. Vector Magnetic Potential fields (E and H) in a uniform plane wave.
Vector magnetic potential can be defined mathematically as,
E
B = ∇× A i.e., = =η
H
7. Self-Inductance 5. Good Conductor
An inductance can be defined as an electrical parameter
In electromagnetic waves, the materials for which
which is the ratio of total magnetic flux linkage (λ) to
the current (I). >> 1 are known as good conductors.
λ 6. Good Dielectrics
i.e., Inductance, L =
I In electromagnetic waves, the materials for which
8. Mutual Inductance << 1 are known as good dielectrics.
Mutual inductance between two coils can be defined as
the ratio of the magnetic flux linkage (λ12 or λ21) on one 7. Polarization
circuit due to the other. Polarization of a wave refers to the orientation of electric
field vector at a given point with respect to time.
9. Faraday’s First Law
Faradays first law of electromagnetic induction states UNIT - 4
that,
1. Reflection
“Whenever the magnetic flux linked with a coil changes,
an e.m.f is induced in it”. Reflection is defined as a phenomenon in which the
angle of incidence of a plane wave is equal to the angle
10. Faraday’s Second Law of reflection of the same wave.
Faraday’s second law of electromagnetic induction states 2. Refraction
that, Refraction is defined as the bending property of a plane
“The magnitude of the induced e.m.f is equal to the rate wave in which change of speed results in change in the
of change of flux linkages”. direction of wave.
Warning: Xerox/Photocopying of this book is a criminal act. Anyone found guilty is LIABLE to face LEGAL proceedings.
list of Important Formulae L.3
3. Normal Incidence 3. Characteristic Impedance
The condition in which a uniform plane wave is incident Characteristic impedance is defined as the input
normally at the boundary between two mediums is impedance of a uniform transmission line whose length
referred to as normal incidence. is infinite.
4. Propagation Constant
4. Oblique Incidence
Propagation constant is defined as a measure of change
The condition in which a uniform plane wave is inci-
in the amplitude of the electromagnetic wave when
dent obliquely at the boundary between two mediums
propagating in a particular direction. It is a dimensionless
is referred to as oblique incidence.
quantity.
5. Brewster Angle
5. Attenuation Constant (α)
The angle of incidence of an EM wave, for which no
Attenuation constant of a line is defined as the reduction
reflected wave is produced is known as Brewster angle.
in voltage or current along the transmission line.
Er It is the ratio of magnitudes of transmitted current It to
i.e., At Brewster angle, =0
Ei the received current Ir.
6. Total Internal Reflection It
i.e., α = ln
The phenomenon in which the incident wave is totally Ir
reflected back to the incident medium is known as total
6. Phase Constant
internal reflection. This phenomenon occurs when the
Phase constant is defined as the phase difference between
angle of incidence exceeds the critical angle.
the transmitted current and received current.
7. Poynting Vector
∠I t
The cross product of electric and magnetic field vectors i.e., β =
∠I r
‘ E ’ and ‘ H ’ gives the poynting vector. It is denoted
by and is given as, 7. Condition For Lossless Transmission Line
A transmission line is said to be lossless if it satisfies the
P = E × H following conditions,
8. Poynting Theorem (i) The conductors of the transmission line should be
According to poynting theorem, the total power ‘W’ perfect i.e., σc = ∞.
flowing out of a closed surface is equal to the closed (ii) The dielectric medium between the transmission
surface integral of poynting vector ‘ P ’. lines should be zero i.e., σd = 0.
Warning: Xerox/Photocopying of this book is a criminal act. Anyone found guilty is LIABLE to face LEGAL proceedings.
MID - I (Units - 1 & 2) M. 1
MID - I
( UNITS - 1 & 2 )
MID-I
MID-I(Objective Type
(Objective &&
Type Essay
EssayQuestions
Questions with
with Key)
Key)
Objective
ObjectiveType
Type
I. Fill in the Blanks
1. The fundamental quantity in electrostatics is _________.
2. In spherical coordinates the differential volume is _________.
3. The electric force per unit positive charge is known as _________.
4. The electric flux through a surface is _________.
5. Gauss’s law is an alternative statement of _________ law.
6. Mathematical expression for Gauss-ostrogradski theorem is _________.
7. The energy density due to n point charges is WE = ____________.
8. A material is said to be linear if ____________ varies linearly with electric field intensity.
9. Vn = _________, here V-represents scalar and n is an integer..
10. The energy stored in a capacitor is, WE = _______________.
11. According to Biot-Savarts law, the differential magnetic field dB (at a point p) is, dH = ________.
12. Ampere’s circuital law states that the line integral of H taken around a closed loop is equal to the ________ enclosed
by the path.
13. The total magnetic flux through a closed surface is always ________.
14. The magnetic scalar potential (Vm) can be mathematically expressed as ________.
15. The unit of vector magnetic potential V is ________.
16. Colomb’s force has the unit of ___________.
17. The unit of constant of proportionality in coulomb’s law is___________.
18. The unit of line charge density is ___________.
19. The unit of surface charge density is ___________.
20. The unit of volume charge density is ___________.
II. Multiple Choice
1. Coulomb’s law is expressed as, [ ]
1 Q1Q 2 1 Q1Q 2
(a) F (b) F aR
4 πε 0 R 2 4 πε 0 R 2
Q Q QQ
(c) F 4 πε 0 1 2 2 (d) F 1 22
R R
2. The units of charge is, [ ]
(a) Ampere (b) Farad
(c) Coulomb (d) Volts
3. The relation between electric flux density and electric field intensity is ____ [ ]
(a) D = E (b) D = 0E
1
(c) D = (d) E=–D
E
4. The electric field due to a line charge is, [ ]
La ρL
(a) E (b)
2 0 x x 2 a 2 2 πε 0 x x 2 a 2
ρ La ρ L â x
(c) aˆ x (d)
2ππ 0 x x 2 a 2 2 πx x2 a2
WARNING : Xerox/Photocopying of this book is a CRIMINAL Act. Anyone found guilty is LIABLE to face LEGAL proceedings.
MID - I (Units - 1 & 2) M. 3
5. According to Gauss’s law, [ ]
1
(c) Q = dV (d) Q= VdV
ρv
6. The relation between E and V is, [ ]
(a) E = V (b) E = /V
(c) E = – V (d) E=– V
7. The expression for stoke’s theorem is, [ ]
(a) A.dS =
S V
( ×A).dV (b)
A.dL = S
( A).dS
L
2 πεL 2 πL
(a) C = (b) C=
b b
ln ln
a a
b
ln
2 πεL a
(c) C = (d) C=
a 2 πεL
ln
b
9. Poisson’s equation is ____ [ ]
(a) 2 (b) 2
V ρv V ε
(c) 2 (d) 2
V ρv ε V ρv / ε
10. If p = x a x + y a z then .p = – [ ]
(a) 0 (b) 1
(c) 2 (d) x+ y
11. The value of permeability of free space is, [ ]
(a) 0 = 4 × 107 (b) 0 = 4 × 10–7
1 1
(c) 0 = (d) 0 =
4 10 7
4 10 7
12. The mathematical expression for Ampere’s circuital law is, [ ]
1
(a) H dl I (b) H dl I
1
(c) H.dl I (d) H.dl I
13. Gauss’s law in magnetism is expressed as, [ ]
d B
(a) B.dS 0
S
(b) E.dS – dt
S
(c) B.dS H
S
(d) E.dS J
S
2 πR μN 2 A 2
(a) L = 2 (b) L=
μN A 2 πR
2
L
μ NA μN2 A
(c) (d) L
2π R 2πR
15. The expression for magnetic energy density is____ [ ]
B2 2 0
(a) u = (b) u=
2 0 B2
2B2 2 02
(c) u = (d) u=
0 B
16. Coulomb’s force is proportional to ___________. [ ]
(a) r (b) r2
1 1
(c) (d)
r r2
17. The proportionality constant in coulomb’s law has unit of ___________. [ ]
(a) Farads (b) Farads/meter
(c) Newton (d) Meter/Farad
18. The value of proportionality constant in coulomb’s law is ___________ . [ ]
(a) 9 109 (b) 9 10–9
1
(c) 8.85 10–12 (d) 10 9
36
19. The unit of electric field is ___________. [ ]
(a) Newton (b) Coulomb/Newton
(c) Newton/Coulomb (d) Coulomb/meter
20. If the direction of coulomb’s force on a unit charge is ax, the direction of electric field is, [ ]
(a) –a x (b) a y
(c) ax (d) az
III. Match the Following
(i)
1. Gauss law () (a) J = W
2. Conduction current ( ) (b) Vector
3. Laplace’s equation ( ) (c) . D ρ
v
4. ×A ( ) (d) 2 v 0
5. Convection current ( ) (e) J= E
(f) J = vU
(g) Scalar
(ii)
μN 2 r 2
1. Ampere’s circuit law () (a)
2R
Q
2. Solenoid ( ) (b)
4π 0 r 2
N 2 μA
3. Toroid ( ) (c)
l
Idl sin
4. Potential at point (r, , ) ( ) (d) H
R2
WARNING : Xerox/Photocopying of this book is a CRIMINAL Act. Anyone found guilty is LIABLE to face LEGAL proceedings.
MID - I (Units - 1 & 2) M. 5
KEY
I. Fill in the Blanks
1. Electric charge 2. r2 sin drdd 3. Electric field intensity 4. E = D. ds
1 n
5. Coulomb’s 6.
S
A.d S = .A dV
V
7. WE = Σ Qk vk
2 k 1
8. Electric flux density
1 Idlsin θ
9. n Vn–1 V 10. CV 2 . 11. 12. Current
2 4 πR 2
5. (d)
Q5. Derive an expression for electric field intensity due to volume charge. (Refer Unit-I, Q43)
Q6. State and prove Gauss’s law. Express Gauss’s law in both integral and
Q7. Derive the relation between electric field (E) and potential (V). (Refer Unit-I, Q50)
Q8. Explain the concept of convection current density. (Refer Unit-I, Q54)
Q9. State equation of continuity and prove it. (Refer Unit-I, Q59)
Q10. Derive the expression for relaxation time (Tr). (Refer Unit-I, Q60)
Q11. Derive Poisson’s equation for homogeneous medium with constant . (Refer Unit-I, Q61)
Q12. Derive an expression for the capacitance of parallel wires. (Refer Unit-I, Q64)
Q13. Find the potential and sketch its variation with radial distance, for a spherical shell of
radius a = 3 cm, having a surface charge density of s C/m2. (Refer Unit-I, Q72)
Q14. A spherical condenser has a capacity of 54 pF. It consists of two concentric spheres
differing in radii by 4 cm and having air as dielectric. Find their radii. (Refer Unit-I, Q78)
Q15. Define and explain Biot-Savart’s law. Hence, obtain the magnetic field due to a straight
Q16. State and prove Ampere’s circuital law. Discuss few applications for the same. (Refer Unit-II, Q14)
Q17. Define magnetic flux density in two different forms. (Refer Unit-II, Q15)
Q18. State Maxwell’s equations for magnetostatic fields. (Refer Unit-II, Q16)
Q19. Define Torque. Determine the magnetic torque on a current carrying loop. (Refer Unit-II, Q22)
Q20. List the differences between electric and magnetic monopole and dipoles. (Refer Unit-II, Q24)
Q21. Determine the magnetic flux density ‘B’ due to a magnetic dipole. (Refer Unit-II, Q25)
Q22. Write short notes on inductances. (Refer Unit-II, Q26)
Q23. A charged particle moves with a uniform velocity 6 âx m/s in a region where E = 30 aˆ y
Wb/m2 and B = B0a z Wb / m2 . Determine B0 such that the velocity of the particle
WARNING : Xerox/Photocopying of this book is a CRIMINAL Act. Anyone found guilty is LIABLE to face LEGAL proceedings.
MID - I & II M.7
MID - II
( Units - 3, 4 & 5 )
1. The waves produced by the variations in electric and magnetic fields are known as _________ waves.
4. The condition in which a uniform plane wave is incident normally at the boundary between two medium is known
as _________ .
7. According to Poynting theorem, the total power flowing out of closed surface is equal to _________ of poynting
vector.
11. _________ are used to transfer energy from one point to another.
18. The process of introducing the inductance in transmission line is known as _________.
22. A line of length l = λ/4 behaves as _________ circuit when it is terminated with short circuit.
25. _________ is used in the analysis of distributed elements and lumped elements.
27. In smith chart, the distance towards the load and generator is in _________ and _________ directions.
Warning: Xerox/Photocopying of this book is a criminal act. Anyone found guilty is LIABLE to face LEGAL proceedings.
MID - I & II M.9
II. Multiple Choice
1. _________ represent the wave equation for conducting medium. [ ]
2 2
2 E 2E 2 E 2E
(a) d 2 E = µε +µ (b) dE = µε +µ
2t 2 2t 2t 2 2t
2E 2E 22 E
(c) dE = µε +µ (d) dE = µε
2t 2 2t 2t 2
2. The relationship between E and H is _________. [ ]
(a) (b)
(c) (d)
3. The condition for good conductors is _________. [ ]
(a) (b)
(c) (d)
4. In oblique incidence, uniform plane wave is incident _________ at the boundary between two medium. [ ]
(a) Normally (b) Obliquely
(c) Both (a) and (b) (d) None of the above
5. Transmission coefficient is the ratio of _________ and _________. [ ]
(a) Incident ; transmitted (b) Incident ; received
(c) Received ; incident (d) Transmitted ; incident
6. The condition of Brewster angle is expressed as, [ ]
Er Ei
(a) = 1 (b) > 1
Er Er
Er E
(c) = 0 (d) r < 1
Ei Ei
7. Poynting vector is expressed as, [ ]
E E× H
(c) (d)
H H
8. For lossless medium, ∇ 2 E = _________. [ ]
(c) (d)
9. In _________ polarization electric field vector of transverse EM wave lies along a straight line. [ ]
(a) Circular (b) Elliptical
(c) Square (d) Linear
10. Reflection coefficient is for a dielectric is expressed as, [ ]
(a) (b)
(c) (d)
d b
(c) 526 log (d) 138 log
a a
15. Group velocity, Vg = _________. [ ]
ω β
(a) (b)
β ω
(c) (d) – ωβ
L
(c) LC (d)
C
17. For a lossless line, the distributed parameters are L = 0.25 µH and C = 100 pF.
The phase constant is _______ rad/s [ ]
(a) 18.85 (b) 20.6
(c) 12.44 (d) 10.3
18. For lossless line, α = _________. [ ]
(a) ZY (b) 0
(c) 1 (d) RG
19. For low loss line, Z0 = _________. [ ]
ω LC
(a) (b) RG
L
(c) 0 (d)
C
20. For coaxial cable Z0 = _________. [ ]
d 276 d
(a) 276 log a (b) log
R a
138 b
(c) log (d) 1
R a
Warning: Xerox/Photocopying of this book is a criminal act. Anyone found guilty is LIABLE to face LEGAL proceedings.
MID - I & II M.11
21. The expression for reflection coefficient is, [ ]
Z L + Zo ZL − Zo
(a) (b)
ZL -Zo Z L + Zo
ZL −1 ZL Zo
(c) (d)
ZL + 1 Z L + Zo
(a) ZQ = Z in Z L (b) ZQ = Z in
1 ZL ZL
(a) l = tan –1 (b) l = β tan–1
β Zo Zo
Zo 1 Zo
(c) l = β tan–1 (d) l = tan –1
ZL β ZL
| Γ | −1 | Γ | −1
(c) (d)
| Γ | +1 1− | Γ |
(i)
(ii)
Et
1. Critical angle [ ] (a)
Js
KJ ε 2 NO
2. Poynting theorem [ ] (b) sin –1 KKK OOO
ε
L 1P
3. Average flow of power [ ] (c) No reflection of waves
1
5. Surface impedance [ ] (e) P= Re ^ E tan × H *tan h
2
(iii)
1. Phase velocity [ ] (a) ZL
2. Z in|oc [ ] (b) | Z0 |
Warning: Xerox/Photocopying of this book is a criminal act. Anyone found guilty is LIABLE to face LEGAL proceedings.
MID - I & II M.13
KEY
I. Fill in the Blanks
1. Electromagnetic
2. Skin
3. Polarization
4. Normal incidence
5. Reflected ; incident
6. Critical
7. Closed surface integral
1 +| G H |
8. VSWR = 1– | G |
H
9. Elliptical
10.
17. Frequency
18. Loading
19. Frequency
VSWR − 1
Γ LL | |=
20. | |G
VSWR + 1
21. 1 to ∞
22. Parallel resonant
λ/4
23.
24. Short
25. Smith chart
RS Z 0 ONVWW
1 –1 S
Z 0 KJK OOW
26. d = cot S S K1 –
β S ZL K Z L OWW
T L PX
27. Anticlockwise, clockwise
28. Impedance, admittance
λ
29. L = [ϕ + π − cos −1 + | Γ |]
2λ
11. (d) 12. (b) 13. (b) 14. (a) 15. (c)
16. (b) 17. (a) 18. (b) 19. (d) 20. (c)
21. (b) 22. (a) 23. (c) 24. (a) 25. (a)
26. (c) 27. (a) 28. (c) 29. (b) 30. (a)
(i)
1. (d) 2. (a) 3. (e) 4. (b) 5. (c)
(ii)
1. (b) 2. (d) 3. (e) 4. (c) 5. (a)
(iii)
Warning: Xerox/Photocopying of this book is a criminal act. Anyone found guilty is LIABLE to face LEGAL proceedings.
MID - I & II M.15
Q2. Derive boundary conditions between dielectric to conductor medium. (Refer Unit-3, Q13)
Q3. Derive the wave equations for conducting medium, perfect dielectric medium and free
space. (Refer Unit-3, Q15)
Q4. Define a uniform plane wave and establish the wave equations for conducting medium. (Refer Unit-3, Q16)
Q5. Prove that E and H are perpendicular to each other in uniform plane wave. (Refer Unit-3, Q17)
Q6. Derive the relation between E&H fields in uniform plane wave. (Refer Unit-3, Q21)
Q7. Derive the expression for α and β for a general medium with µ, ε and σ. (Refer Unit-3, Q23)
Q8. Prove that the characteristic impedance of a free space is 377 W. (Refer Unit-3, Q27)
Q9. Derive and explain wave propagation in good dielectrics. (Refer Unit-3, Q30)
Q10. Explain skin depth and derive an expression for depth of penetration for good conductor. (Refer Unit-3, Q31)
Q13. What is the Poynting vector? What is the physical interpretation of the Poynting vector over
a closed surface? (Refer Unit-4, Q7)
Q14. Explain reflection of plane waves for perfect conductor. (Refer Unit-4, Q12)
Q15. Show that the field existing in the second medium under conditions of total internal
reflection is a non-uniform plane wave and slow wave. (Refer Unit-4, Q13)
Q16. Explain reflection of uniform plan wave by a perfect dielectric in the case of normal
incidence and obtain the expressions for reflection and transmission coefficients. (Refer Unit-4, Q14)
Q17. What is Brewster Angle? Derive the expression for Brewster angle? (Refer Unit-4, Q17)
Q18. Define critical angle. Derive the expression for critical angle. (Refer Unit-4, Q18)
Q21. Obtain an expression for the power loss in a plane conductor in terms of the surface
impedance. (Refer Unit-4, Q25)
Q22. Show that “a distortion-less line is one in which the attenuation constant is independent
of operating frequency while the phase constant is linearly dependent on frequency”. (Refer Unit-5, Q3)
Q23. Briefly discuss the different types of transmission lines. (Refer Unit-5, Q15)
Q25. Starting with the differential equations for the elemental length of a uniform transmission line,
obtain the expression for the sending end voltage and current in terms of their values at the
receiving end and the secondary constant of the line. (Refer Unit-5, Q20)
Q26. Derive the equations of attenuation constant and phase constant of a transmission line
in terms of R, L, C & G. (Refer Unit-5, Q25)
Q28. Define and derive the input impedance of open and short circuited transmission lines. (Refer Unit-5, Q28)
Q29. Define the reflection coefficient and derive the expression for the input impedance in terms
of reflection coefficient. (Refer Unit-5, Q29)
Q30. Explain the significance and utility of λ/8, λ/4 and λ/2 lines. (Refer Unit-5, Q35)
Q31. Discuss the configuration of the smith chart considering the two families of constant circles. (Refer Unit-5, Q43)
Q33. Derive an expression for the location ‘ls’ and length ‘lt’ of a short circuited single stub. (Refer Unit-5, Q49)
Warning: Xerox/Photocopying of this book is a criminal act. Anyone found guilty is LIABLE to face LEGAL proceedings.
Model Question Papers with Solutions MP.1
s
lu tio
n
Electromagnetic waves and transmission lines
(Electronics and Communication Engineering)
Time: 3 Hours Max. Marks: 70
(f) v = 0.2 cos(ωt – βx) av A/m. Find the total power passing
In free space, measurements field intensity H z
through a circular disk of radius 5 cm on plane x = 1. (Unit-3 / Q6)
(g) What is the Poynting vector? What is the physical interpretation of the Poynting vector over a closed surface?
(Unit-4 / Q7)
(h) Account for the phenomenon of total internal reflection and list out the conditions under which it is possible.
(Unit-4 / Q4)
(i) Show that “a distortion-less line is one in which the attenuation constant is independent of operating
frequency while the phase constant is linearly dependent on frequency”. (Unit-5 / Q3)
(j) Slotted line measurements yield a VSWR of 5, 15 cm spacing between successive voltage maxima and the
first maximum at a distance of 7.5 cm in front of the load. Determine the frequency of the signal and value
of the reflection coefficient. (Unit-5 / Q7)
PArt-B
(Answer all five units, 5 × 10 = 50 Marks)
Unit-1
Unit-2
4. Define and explain Biot-Savart’s law. Hence, obtain the magnetic field due to a straight current carrying
filamentary conductor of finite length. (Unit-2 / Q8)
OR
5. Derive an expression for magnetic energy stored in an inductor. (Unit-2 / Q24)
Unit-3
6. (a) What is inconsistency of amperes law? How it is rectified by Maxwell? Explain. (Unit-3 / Q13)
(b) Define and drive the displacement current and its density. (Unit-3 / Q30)
OR
7. (a) Write short notes on EM wave Polarization. (Unit-3 / Q33)
(b)
A uniform plane wave propagating in a medium has E = 2e–azsin (108t–bz)ay V/m. If the medium is char-
acterized by er = 1, mr = 20 and s = 3 S/m, find a, b and H. (Unit-3 / Q48)
Unit-4
Unit-5
10. (a) Starting with the differential equations for the elemental length of a uniform transmission line,
obtain the expression for the sending end voltage and current in terms of their values at the
receiving end and the secondary constant of the line. (Unit-5 / Q20)
Warning: Xerox/Photocopying of this book is a criminal act. Anyone found guilty is LIABLE to face LEGAL proceedings.
Model Question Papers with Solutions MP.3
s
lu tio
n
Electromagnetic waves and transmission lines
(Electronics and Communication Engineering)
Time: 3 Hours Max. Marks: 70
1. (a) Define the term charge. What are the different types of charges? (Unit-1 / Q8)
(b) What is “relaxation time” and discuss its effect on conductors? (Unit-1 / 23)
(c) Define magnetic flux density. (Unit-2 / Q3)
(d) State Biot-Savart’s law. (Unit-2 / Q1)
PArt-B
Unit-1
2. Derive an expression for electric field intensity due to volume charge. (Unit-1 / Q43)
OR
3. Obtain an expression for the capacitance of a coaxial line in terms of outer conductor dia ‘b’ and inner
conductor dia ‘a’. (Unit-1 / Q65)
Unit-2
4. Define Torque. Determine the magnetic torque on a current carrying loop. (Unit-1 / Q19)
OR
5. (a) A solenoid has 400 turns with a length of 2 m. It has a circular cross-section of 0.1 m2. Find its inductance.
(Unit-2 / Q35)
(b) A Toroid has air core and has a cross-sectional area of 10 mm2. It has 1000 turns and its mean radius is
10 mm. Find its inductance. (Unit-2 / Q36)
Unit-3
6. Derive the relation between E&H fields in uniform plane wave. (Unit-3 / Q21)
OR
7. (a) Prove that the characteristic impedance of a free space is 377 W. (Unit-3 / Q27)
(b)
Find the depth of penetration, d of an EM wave in copper at f = 60 Hz . For copper, s = 5.8 x 107 mho/m,
μr =1, er = 1. (Unit-3 / Q43)
Unit-4
8. Explain reflection of uniform plan wave by a perfect dielectric in the case of normal incidence and obtain the
expressions for reflection and transmission coefficients. (Unit-4 / Q14)
OR
9. (a) Write a brief note on surface impedance. (Unit-4 / Q22)
(b) In free space (z ≤ 0), a plane wave with H = 10cos (108t – βz)ax mA/m is incident normally on a lossless
medium (εr = 2, µr = 8) in region z ≥ 0. Determine the reflected and transmitted electromagnetic waves.
(Unit-4 / Q33)
Unit-5
10. (a) Derive the equations of attenuation constant and phase constant of a transmission line in terms of R, L,
C & G. (Unit-5 / Q25)
(b) If ∈r = 9, µ = µ0 for the medium in which a wave with frequency f = 0.3 GHz is propagating, determine
propagation constant and intrinsic impedance of the medium when, σ = 0. (Unit-5 / Q54)
OR
11. (a) Explain the applications of smith chart. (Unit-5 / Q45)
(b) By using smith chart, Find the input impedance of 75 W lossless transmission line of length 0.1l, When
the load is short. (Unit-5 / Q70)
Warning: Xerox/Photocopying of this book is a criminal act. Anyone found guilty is LIABLE to face LEGAL proceedings.
Model Question Papers with Solutions MP.5
s
lu tio
n
Electromagnetic waves and transmission lines
(Electronics and Communication Engineering)
Time: 3 Hours Max. Marks: 70
PArt-B
Unit-1
Unit-2
4. Determine the magnetic flux density ‘B’ due to a magnetic dipole. (Unit-2 / Q22)
OR
5. Write short notes on inductances. (Unit-2 / Q23)
Unit-3
6. Derive the wave equations for conducting medium, perfect dielectric medium and free space. (Unit-3 / Q15)
OR
7. (a) Derive the expression for α and β for a general medium with µ, ε and σ. (Unit-3 / Q23)
(b) In a lossless medium h = 40 p, mr = 1 and H = 2 cos(wt – z) at x + 5sin(wt – z) at y A/m. Find er, w and E for
the medium. (Unit-3 / Q54)
Unit-4
8. (a) What is Brewster Angle? Derive the expression for Brewster angle? (Unit-4 / Q17)
(b) In a plane wave travelling in a free space has an average Poynting vector of 5 watts/m2. Find the average
energy density. (Unit-4 / Q37)
OR
9. (a) Explain refraction of plane waves. (Unit-4 / Q15)
Unit-5
10. (a) Explain the reactance properties of transmission lines. (Unit-5 / Q40)
(b) A TX line has primary constants R = 0.1 W/mt, G = 0.01 mhos/mt, L = 0.01 mH/mt; C = 100 pF/mt. If the
line is connected to a load impedance of (10 + J20) ohms, find reflection coefficient at the:
1. Load end
2. 20 cm from load. (Unit-5 / Q58)
OR
11. (a) Define and derive the input impedance of open and short circuited transmission lines. (Unit-5 / Q28)
(b) A telephone line has the following parameters: R = 40 Ω/m, G = 100 mS/m, L = 0.2 µH/m, C = 0.5 nF/m.
If the line is operated at 10 MHz, calculate the characteristic impedance and velocity of the signal.
(Unit-5 / Q71)
Warning: Xerox/Photocopying of this book is a criminal act. Anyone found guilty is LIABLE to face LEGAL proceedings.
Unit-3 (EM Wave Characteristics-I) 3.1
Unit
ELECTROSTATICS
1 SI
A GROUP
Syllabus
Vector Analysis: Coordinate systems and transformation-Cartesian, Cylindrical and Spherical coordinates
Vector Calculus: Differential length area and volume, line surface and volume integrals, del operator, gradient, divergent and
curl operations.
Coulomb’s Law, Electric Field Intensity – Fields due to Different Charge Distributions, Electric Flux Density, Gauss Law and
Applications, Divergence Theorem, Electric Potential, Relations Between E and V, Maxwell’s Two Equations for Electrostatic
Fields, Energy Density,Convection and Conduction Currents, Dielectric Constant, Isotropic and Homogeneous Dielectrics,
Continuity Equation, Relaxation Time, Poisson’s and Laplace’s Equations, Capacitance – Parallel Plate, Coaxial, Spherical
Capacitors, Illustrative Problems.
Learning Objectives
Introduction
Electrostatics is a branch of physics that deals with the phenomena and properties of stationary (or) slow moving electric
charges with no acceleration. In other words, it is the study of time on variant electric fields in space (or) vacuum due to
various types of static charge distributions. The term “electric” is derived from a Greek word “Amber” which was used by
Gilbert around 1600 A.D. Later, Cabeo documented that electrified bodies attract (or) repel each other, which implied the
presence of two types of electricity. The terms positive and negative were suggested by Benjamin Franklin and Watson
independently in the year 1747. The principles of electrostatics are employed in various fields such as medical, industrial,
agriculture and in various computer peripherals like keyboards, touch pads, LCD’s etc.
A unit vector along a particular vector can be attained by dividing that vector by its own magnitude. Therefore, the unit
vector is given as,
A
aA
|A|
WARNING : Xerox/Photocopying of this book is a CRIMINAL Act. Anyone found guilty is LIABLE to face LEGAL proceedings.
UNIT-1 (Electrostatics) 1 .3
Q6. Define the following,
Q4. A vector filed is described by F = 500 aˆ x +
250 aˆ y . A plane surface in the region of the field (i) Divergence of a vector
is defined by 2x + 4y + 6z = 12. Find the scalar (ii) Curl of a vector.
component of the vector field normal to the
Answer :
surface.
Answer : (i) Divergence of Vector
Given that,
Divergence of a vector is defined as the dot product or
Vector field, F = 500 aˆ x + 250 aˆ y scalar product of vector and del operator. It is repre-
Plane surface, S sented as A
2x + 4y + 6z = 12
Magnitude of S is, If the vector A = Ax i +Ay j +Az k is defined in Carte-
| S | = 2
2 4 B 2 2
sian coordinate system, the divergence of vector A is
| S | = 56 obtained as,
Unit vector normal to the surface is,
an =
S A = i
x
j
y z
k Ax i Ay j Az k
| S |
2a x 4a y 6 a z
an = Ax Ay Az i i 1
56
x y z i j 0
The scalar component of F normal to surface is,
Fn = F .an Therefore, divergence of A is,
(2ax 4a y 6az )
= (500ax 750a y ) Ax A y Az
56 A
x y z
4000
Fn The divergence of a vector is a scalar quantity.
56
(ii) Curl of a Vector
Q5. Define Del operator in three coordinate systems.
Curl of a vector is defined as the cross product (or)
Answer : Model Paper-III, Q1(a)
vector product of a vector and del ( ) operator. It is
Del Operator
represented as A .
A vector differential operator is termed as Del operator
and it is denoted by ‘ ’. Del Operator is scalar in itself but it If a vector A is defined in Cartesian coordinate system
becomes vector when operates on a scalar function. It is called
as gradient operator. i.e., A Axi Ay j Az k then curl of vector is
WARNING : Xerox/Photocopying of this book is a CRIMINAL Act. Anyone found guilty is LIABLE to face LEGAL proceedings.
UNIT-1 (Electrostatics) 1 .5
Q11. State coulomb’s law. Give its applications. Mathematically,
Answer : Q
Coulomb’s Law
Where,
For answer refer Unit-I, Q10.
– Net flux emerging from the surface
Applications
Q – Charge enclosed by the surface.
The applications of coulomb’s law are,
Applications
(i) Coulomb’s law is used to determine the force
between two charges. Gauss’s law finds its applications in,
(ii) It is employed to determine the electric field at a 1. Electric field due to long infinite wire.
point due to fixed charge. 2. Electric field at any point on a uniform charged sphere.
(iii) It is also used to determine the potential and electric 3. Electric field at any point due to infinite charged surface.
field due to any type of charge distribution.
Q16. Define electric potential.
Q12. Define electric field intensity.
Answer :
Answer :
Electric potential is defined as the workdone per unit
Electric field intensity is defined as the ratio of electric
charge in bringing a point charge from infinity or a zero refer-
force (F) and unit positive charge (Q).
ence point into the vicinity of an electric field.
F
i.e., E N/C or V/m W
Q i.e., V =
Q
[OR]
Q17. Give the relation between E and V.
It is also defined as the negative gradient of a potential
due to a charge. Answer :
The relation between electric field (E) and electric
i.e., E V V/m
potential (V) is,
Q13. List the different types of charge distributions. E= – V
Answer :
Q18. Write the Maxwell’s two equations for electro-
The various types of charge distributions are, static fields.
1. Point charge
Answer :
2. Line charge
3. Surface charge and The Maxwell’s two equations for electrostatic field are,
4. Volume charge. .D = v
Q14. Define electric flux density.
Answer : × E = 0
Electric flux density is defined as “the electric flux per Q19. Define current density. Mention the different
unit differential area”. This is designated by ‘ D ’ and is given types of current densities.
by the expression, Answer :
d Current Density
D an C/m2
ds At a particular point, the current passing through a unit
Where, d is electric flux crossing the differential area normal area is referred as the current density. It is denoted by
ds in normal direction. ‘J’.
The units of electric flux density are coulomb/m2. Units of J are Ampere/(meter)2
Q15. State and list the applications of Gauss’s law. Types of Current Densities
Answer : The different types of current densities are,
Statement
1. Convection current density
According to Gauss’s law, the net flux emerging from
any closed surface is equal to the total charge enclosed by that 2. Conduction current density
surface. 3. Displacement current density.
v
– Rate of decrease of charge per unit volume.
t
WARNING : Xerox/Photocopying of this book is a CRIMINAL Act. Anyone found guilty is LIABLE to face LEGAL proceedings.
UNIT-1 (Electrostatics) 1 .7
Q26. What is “relaxation time” and discuss its effect on conductors?
Answer : Model Paper-II, Q1(b)
Relaxation Time (Tr)
The time taken by the charge density to drop to 36.8% of its initial value is referred to as the relaxation time (Tr).
The expression for the relaxation time is,
Tr sec
Effect of Relaxation Time on Conductors
For good conductors, the relaxation time (Tr) is very small i.e., 10–19 sec. Hence the charge density vanishes (zero)
whenever the system encounters any unevenness inside the conductor.
As a result, the five electrons which cause imbalance inside the system are pushed to conductor surface.
Q27. Define “Poisson’s” and “Laplace’s” equation.
Answer : (Oct./Nov.-20, (R15), Q1(b) | May/June-18, (R15), Q1(b))
v
2V =
Where,
v – Volume charge density
– Permittivity of dielectric.
The Laplace’s equation is,
2V = 0
Q28. In a dielectric material, component of electric field intensity E x= 5 V/m and the polarization
P = 0.1 (3a x – a y 4a z ) nC/m2 are given. Find the electric susceptibility of the material.
Answer : May/June-15, (R13), Q1(b)
Given that,
In a dielectric material,
Component of electric field intensity, Ex = 5 V/m
Polarization, P = 0.1 (3a x – a y 4a z ) nC/m2
Electric susceptibility, e= ?
The expression for electric susceptibility is given as,
Px
e = ... (1)
0 Ex
Where, Px – x-component of vector (P)
0 – Permittivity in free space
Ex – x-component of E.
The x-component of vector P is,
Px = 0.1 3 10–9
On substituting the corresponding values in equation (1), we get,
e 21.28
Q29. Explain Cartesian co-ordinate system and differential elements in Cartesian co-ordinate system.
Answer :
Cartesian Co-ordinate System
The other name for Cartesian co-ordinate system is the rectangular co-ordinate system. This system consists of 3
co-ordinate axes intersecting at the origin. The angle between these co-ordinate axis is 90° to each other and these axis are
denoted as x, y, and z.
Types
Based on axis rotation the system is divided into two types,
(i) Right hand system and
(ii) Left hand system.
(i) Right Hand System
If the x-y plane is made to rotate in anti-clock wise direction then due to this rotation the screw will move upward in the
direction of positive z-axis as shown in figure (a).
WARNING : Xerox/Photocopying of this book is a CRIMINAL Act. Anyone found guilty is LIABLE to face LEGAL proceedings.
UNIT-1 (Electrostatics) 1 .9
Differential Elements in Cartesian Co-ordinate System
The differential elements of Cartesian co-ordinates is obtained by assuming a point P (x, y, z) in the space. If the point ‘P’
is moved by a small incremental distance in all the directions then another point ‘P’ is obtained at (x +dx, y + dy, z + dz) .
The differential length in the direction of x-axis is ‘dx’.
The differential length in the direction of y-axis is ‘dy’.
The differential length in the direction of z-axis is ‘dz’.
Then the total differential vector length ‘dl’ is obtained by the sum of all individual lengths.
Therefore, dl dxa x dya y dza z ... (1)
This is called as the differential vector joining both points ‘P’ and ‘P '’.
Because of increment in all directions at P', six planes come into existence and this results in a differential volume, known as
rectangular parallelopiped. The diagonal formed between point ‘P’ and ‘P '’ is called as differential vector length as shown in figure (a).
| d l | dx 2 dy 2 dz 2
And, the differential volume is given as,
dV = dxdydz
Depending on the direction of the axis, three differential surface areas are defined. The notation used for differential
surface element is ds given as,
ds = ds an
In Cartesian co-ordinate system, the differential surface elements are as shown in figure (b).
ds x = dy dz ax differential surface area perpendicular to x-direction
ds y = dx dz a y differential surface area perpendicular to y-axis
Figure (b)
(i) If ‘r’ is constant, then the resultant will be a circular cylinder about z-axis
(ii) If ‘’ is constant, then the resultant will be a vertical plane perpendicular to xy-plane
(iii) If ‘z’ is constant, the resultant is a parallel plane to xy plane.
WARNING : Xerox/Photocopying of this book is a CRIMINAL Act. Anyone found guilty is LIABLE to face LEGAL proceedings.
UNIT-1 (Electrostatics) 1 . 11
If two constant planes i.e., ‘r’ and ‘z’ intersect each other, then the resultant will be a circle. If constant planes, ‘’ and ‘r’ intersect
each other, then the resultant will be a line. The point of intersection of all the constant planes is at ‘P’ as shown in figure (c).
dr rdrddz
ds r rddzar
ds drdza
These surface areas are represented with respect to the directions is as shown in figure (5).
Figure (a)
These surfaces are defined over the ranges given below,
(i) 0<
(ii) 0 2
(iii) 0 as half angle.
The point of intersection of all these surfaces is known as point P (, , ) is as shown in figure (b).
If ‘r’ remains constant, this results in a sphere with origin as its centre.
If ‘’ remains constant, this results in a right circular cone with apex located at the origin.
WARNING : Xerox/Photocopying of this book is a CRIMINAL Act. Anyone found guilty is LIABLE to face LEGAL proceedings.
UNIT-1 (Electrostatics) 1 . 13
If ‘’ remains constant, this results in a plane normal to the xy-plane.
Figure (c)
The incremental change i.e., the differential length in r-direction is ‘dr’, in -direction is ‘rsind’ and in -directionis rd.
Therefore, the differential vector length is given as,
dv r 2 sin drdd
The differential surface area in all the directions are represented as,
(i) ds r = r2 sin dd differential vector surface area perpendicular to r-direction
(ii) ds = rsindrddifferential vector surface area perpendicular to -direction
1.2 VECTOR CALCULUS: DIFFERENTIAL LENGTH AREA AND VOLUME, LINE SURFACE AND
VOLUME INTEGRALS, DEL OPERATOR, GRADIENT, DIVERGENT AND CURL OPERATIONS,
DIVERGENCE THEORM
Q32. Explain the following terms
(i) Line integral
(ii) Surface integral
(iii) Volume integral
Answer :
(i) Line Integral
Any integral which is to be evaluated along the path or line is known as line integral and it is represented as,
b b
A d L A dl cos θ
a a
Here d l is the infinitesimal small vector length i.e., as shown in figure (1),
a
dl
b dz
A d t A d t
L a dy dx
A dL 0
(ii) Surface Integral
x
Any integral which is evaluated in the specific region
(or) surface is referred as surface integral. Let us consider a Figure (3): Volume Integral
vector A , which passes through the surface ‘s’ then the surface Q33. Define Gradient of a scalar and express it in
integral is defined as, three coordinate systems.
Answer :
s
A ds
Gradient of a Scalar
is as shown in figure (2) A vector that provides the magnitude as well as direction
of the maximum space rate of increase of scalar field ‘V’ is
termed as gradient of a scalar V. Mathematically, the gradient of
a scalar field can be evaluated by finding the difference between
d P1 and P2 in the field dV which is as shown in figure (i).
z
ds q
V
A
V3
V 2=V1 +V
V1
Surface S P1 y
q
dl G
Figure (2): Surface Integral P2
V
A ds
s
s
A ds cosθ x
Figure (i): Gradient of a Scalar
(iii) Volume Integral In figure (i), V1, V2 and V3 are contours over which V is
constant by calculus theory, we have,
Volume integral of infinitesimal small volume element ‘dv’
is defined as, V V V
dV dx dy dz
x y z
Volume integral = vdv
v
V V V
Here v represents scalar quantity and ‘dv’ is small volume
dV ax ay az dxax dya y dzaz
x y z
element and that is represented in the figure (3). The small volume
element is represented in Cartesian coordinates i.e.,
dV G dl ... (1)
dv = dxdydz
V V V
G ax ay az
x y z
d l d xa x d ya y d za z
dV
G cosθ .......(2)
dl
Where,
dV
If = 0 (i.e., dl is in the direction of G ), then is maximum and equation (2) becomes,
dl
dV dV
=G
dl max dn
dV
Where, = Normal derivative.
dn
Therefore, G possess both magnitude and direction same as that of maximum rate of change of scalar field V. Hence, by
definition G is the gradient of V.
V V V
g rad V V ax ay az
x y z
V V V
V ax ay az
x y z
V 1 V V
V a a az
z
V 1 V 1 V
V ar aθ a
r r θ r sinθ
WARNING : Xerox/Photocopying of this book is a CRIMINAL Act. Anyone found guilty is LIABLE to face LEGAL proceedings.
UNIT-1 (Electrostatics) 1 . 17
Q34. Find the gradient of the following scalar fields,
(a) V = e-z sin2x coshy
(b) U = ρ 2 z cos2
(c) W = 10r sin2 cos
Answer :
(a) Given that,
The scalar field in Cartesian coordinates is, V = e-zsin2xcoshy
V = ?
The gradient of a scalar field ‘V’ in Cartesian coordinates is given by,
V V V
grad V = V ax ay az
x y z
z
V (e sin 2 x cosh y )ax (e z sin 2 x cosh y )a y (e z sin 2 x cosh y )az
x y z
U 1 U U
grad U U a a az
z
2 1 2
U [ z cos 2]a [ z cos 2]a [2 z cos 2]az
z
1 2
U 2 z cos 2a z (2 sin 2) a 2 cos 2a z
W ?
The gradient of a scalar field ‘W’ in spherical coordinates is given by,
W 1 W 1 W
W ar aθ a
r r θ sinθ
1 1
W [10r sin 2 θ cos ]ar [10r sin 2 θ cos ]aθ [10r sin 2 θ cos ]a
r r θ r sinθ
1 1
10r sin 2θ cos ar [10r 2sinθ cosθ cos ]aθ [10r sin 2 θ( sin )]a
r r sinθ
Statement
D ds
Divergence theorem states that the integral of the diver-
gence of a vector field throughout the volume ‘V’ is equal to the
D ds si
V
V ....(2)
Ddv D ds
v s
D ds
si
Lt div D
V 0 V
Ddv D n ds
v s
y
D ds
si ....(3)
Lt D
V 0 V
From equations (1) and (3), we get,
S
D.ds (.D)V
s
... (4)
Si
D Ñ
Equation (4) is defined for small element having
V x
volume V and for the total volume it is defined as,
D ds D dv
S V
Where,
D ds D dv
S V
( A).ds = A.dL
D ds
i si
D ds s L
(or)
D ds
( A ).n ds = A.dL
i
si
Vi
Vi s L
D ds Proof
D ds i
si
Vi
Vi ....(1) Consider a infinitesimal small area ‘S’ over a total surface
area ‘S’ as shown in figure.
WARNING : Xerox/Photocopying of this book is a CRIMINAL Act. Anyone found guilty is LIABLE to face LEGAL proceedings.
UNIT-1 (Electrostatics) 1 . 19
aN
S
S
S
S
( H ) N
H .dL S
... (1)
S
Where,
dLS – Perimeter of the incremental surface area. And the direction of the curl is along the direction of normal
component of vector H . The curl in the normal direction is a dot product of curl vector and normal component i.e.,
( H ) N ( H ).a N
( H )S ( H ).a N S
= ( H ).S
Equation (3) is defined for small surface area ‘S’ and for entire surface area, the above equation can be written as,
H .d L ( H ).dS
s
H .d L ( H ).dS
L S
Hence proved.
Q37. Determine the divergence of the following vector fields,
(c) 1
T cosθar rsinθcosaθ cosθa
r2
SPECTRUM ALL-IN-ONE JOURNAL FOR ENGINEERING STUDENTS
1.20 ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVES AND TRANSMISSION LINES [JNTU-ANANTAPUR]
Answer :
(a)
Given that,
The vector field in Cartesian coordinates,
2
P = x yzaˆ x xza z
.P = ?
The divergence of vector field ‘ P ’ in Cartesian coordinates is given by,,
.P = x Px y Py z Pz
2
= [ x yz ] [0] [ xz]
x y z
.P 2 xyz x
(b)
Given that,
The vector field in cylindrical coordinates,
Q sin a 2 za z cos az
.Q = ?
1 1
.Q = (Q ) Q Qz
z
1 2 1 2
= ( sin ) ( z ) ( z cos )
z
1 1
= 2 sin (0) cos
1 1 1
= 2
[cos ] (r sin 2 cos ) (cos )
r r r sin r sin
1 1 1
= 2
(0) (2r sin cos cos ) [0]
r r sin r sin
. T 2 cos cos
WARNING : Xerox/Photocopying of this book is a CRIMINAL Act. Anyone found guilty is LIABLE to face LEGAL proceedings.
UNIT-1 (Electrostatics) 1 . 21
OR OR
State and explain Coulomb’s law. Obtain an Write short notes on different types of charge
expression in vector form. distributions.
April/May-11, Set-4, Q1(a) Answer :
OR For answer refer Unit-I, Q13.
State and explain coulomb’s law. (i) Point Charge
OR The charges that does not occupy any space referred to
as point charge. It is denoted as ‘ Q’ and its units are coulomb
State and explain Coulomb’s law using vector
(C).
form of Coulomb’s force expression.
Figure (i) shows a point charge in space.
Answer :
Let Q1 and Q2 represents the two point charges separated Q
by a distance R. The coulomb’s law states that, “The force
between two charged bodies is directly proportional to the +
product of their charges and inversely proportional to the square Figure (i): A Point Charge
of the distance between them”. (ii) Line Charge
i.e., F Q1 Q2 The charge that is distributed along a line is termed as
line charge distribution.
1
and F It is denoted as L and its units are (C/m).
R2
Mathematically, it is expressed as,
Q1Q2 Q dQ
F=K
R2 L = Lim =
l 0 l dl
Where, Where,
K = Proportionality constant. Q – Small charge
l – Small length
1
and K = 4 dQ – Differential charge
0
dl – Differential length.
1 Q1Q2 Figure (ii) shows a line charge distribution.
F
4 0 R2
x
Generally, force (F) is a vector quantity and if Q1 and Q2 x
are unlike charges, F is attractive. Also, if Q1 and Q2 are like L x
charges, then F is repulsive. x
x
1 Q1Q2 dl
F aˆ R x
4 0 R 2 x
Where, L
Figure (ii): Line Charge Distribution
â R = Unit vector
(iii) Surface Charge
R The charge that is distributed over the entire surface
And â R = area is known as surface charge distribution.
|R|
It is denoted as S and its units are (C/m2).
The force (F) in magnitude is represented as, Mathematically it is expressed as,
1 Q1Q2 Q dQ
|F| = S = Lim =
4 0 R 2 S 0 S dS
SPECTRUM ALL-IN-ONE JOURNAL FOR ENGINEERING STUDENTS
1.22 ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVES AND TRANSMISSION LINES [JNTU-ANANTAPUR]
Where, y
Q – Small charge
Q r1 r r ' P
S – Small area
dQ – Differential charge r'
r'
dS – Differential area.
O x
Figure (iii) shows a surface charge distribution.
+ + +
S z
Figure: Geometry of the Figure
+ + + The electric field intensity (E) at P due to Q is given by,
Figure (iii): Surface Charge Distribution Q
E= .ar V/m
(iv) Volume Charge 4 o | r r ' |2
The charge that is distributed over the volume is known Where,
as volume charge distribution. It is denoted as v.
ar = Unit vector in the direction of E
Mathematically, it is expressed as,
Q (r r )
E= 2
Q dQ 4 o | r r | | r r |
v = Lim =
v 0 V dv [ Q = Point charge]
Where,
Q(r r )
E= V/m
Q – Small charge 4 o | r r |3
V – Small volume Where,
Answer :
dQ = dz L
Consider a point P(x, y, z) located in a xyz plane such
that its distance from the origin is r . Further, consider a point zB
charge located at a point Q(x', y', z'), whose distance from the
origin be r ' as shown in the figure.
Q= dz
zA
L
WARNING : Xerox/Photocopying of this book is a CRIMINAL Act. Anyone found guilty is LIABLE to face LEGAL proceedings.
UNIT-1 (Electrostatics) 1 . 23
z dEz
dE
(0, 0, z)T 2 dE
1 (x, y, z)
B R
(0, 0, z')
dl
y
0
x
Figure: E Field Due to Line Charge
The electric field intensity E at an arbitrary point Q(x, y, z) can be obtained from the equation,
L dl
E= 4 R 0
2
aR ... (1)
L a p ( z z ')az
E= 4 0 2 ( z z ')2 3/2
dz ' ... (3)
From figure,
R = [2 + (z – z')2]1/2 = sec
and, z' = OT – tan
dz'= – sec2 d
On substituting the corresponding values in equation (3), we get,
2
L sec 2 [cos a sin a z ]d
E = 4
0
1
2 sec 2
2
L
0
= 4 [cos a sin a z ]d
1
L
= [ (sin 2 sin 1 ) a (cos 2 cos 1 )az )
4 0
L
E 4 [ (sin 2 sin 1 ]a [cos 2 cos 1 )a z )
0
p(0, 0, h)
h
S
B R
y
x
Figure : E Field due to Infinite Sheet of Charge
For an infinite sheet of charge,
dQ = s ds
The electric field intensity (E) at a point (0, 0, h) can be obtained from the equation,
s dS
E = 4 R 0
2
aR
From figure,
dQ
dE = aR ... (1)
4 0 R 2
R = (– a) + h az
R = | R | = (2 + h2)1/2
dQ = s dS = s d d
On substituting the corresponding values in equation (1), we get,
s dd[a ha z ]
dE =
4 0 [ 2 h 2 ]3 / 2
According to the symmetry of charge distribution, for an element A, there is an element B whose contribution along a is
zero. Therefore E has only z-component when the contribution to E = 0.
Mathematically,
a = cos ax + sin ay
For 0 < < 2, cos or sin 0
WARNING : Xerox/Photocopying of this book is a CRIMINAL Act. Anyone found guilty is LIABLE to face LEGAL proceedings.
UNIT-1 (Electrostatics) 1 . 25
2
dE z = S h d d
E =
S 4 0 [
0 0
2
h 2 ]3 / 2
az
3
s h 1
= 2 [2 h 2 ] 2 d (2 ) a z
4 0 2
0
1
h
= s (2 h2 ) 2 az
2 0
0
s
E = az
2 0
For an infinite sheet of charge,
s
E = 2 an
0
Where,
an – Unit vector normal to the sheet.
Q43. Derive an expression for electric field intensity due to volume charge.
Answer : Model Paper-II, Q2
Consider a sphere of radius ‘a’ whose volume is filled with a volume charge density v as shown in figure.
dE
dEz
P(0, 0, z)
z
r1 dv at (r1 , 1 , 1 )
v
1
y
1
4a 3
v
Q = v dv v dv v
v
3
v d v
dE = aR
4 0 R 2
Where,
aR = cos az + sin a
According to the symmetry of charge distributions,
Ez = E.az
= dE cos
dv
= 4 v R 2 (cos a + sin a ) z
o
v dv cos
Ez =
4 0 R2
... (1)
Here,
z2 r2 R2
cos1 = ... (5)
2 zr1
From equation (4),
z 2 R 2 r 2
cos = ... (6)
2 zr
On differentiating equation (6) with respect to 1, we get,
RdR
sin 1 d1 = ... (7)
zr 1
Since, 1 varies from 0 to , R also varies from (z – r1) to (z + r1)
On substituting the corresponding values in equation (1), we get,
2 z 2 R 2 r12
(r1 sin 1dr1d 1d 1 )
v 2 ZR
Ez =
4 0 R2
2 a z r
v RdR z2 R2 r 2 1
Ez = d r 2 dr . 2
4 0 zr 2 zR R
0 r 0 R z r
WARNING : Xerox/Photocopying of this book is a CRIMINAL Act. Anyone found guilty is LIABLE to face LEGAL proceedings.
UNIT-1 (Electrostatics) 1 . 27
a Z r1
From figure,
v 2 z 2 r12
1
Ez = r 1 dR dr1 Axial component of dE is dE cos
8 0 z 2 1 1 R2
r 0 R Z r Transverse component of dE is dE sin and
AOP = a2 = x2 + R2 ... (1)
a 2 Z r1
v ( z 2 r1 )
1
= r
R dr1 x
4 0 z 2 0 R 1 And cos = ... (2)
Z r a
1 x
‘x’ = . 2 ( 2R )
4 0 ( R x 2 ) 3 / 2
x.R R x
= = .
0 dl
2
2 0 ( R x ) 2 3/ 2 2 0 ( R 2 x 2 ) 3 / 2
‘R’ A
R x
= .
Figure: Electric Field Intensity due to a Charged Circular Ring 2 0 ( R 2 x 2 ) 3 / 2
P = Polarization of medium. differential surface area ds and whose direction is normal to the
surface of the sphere.
3. The electric flux density (D) does not depend on the
medium. ar a N = 1
4. The direction of D is same as the direction of E in free The electric flux density ( D ) is given by,,
space.
D = o E ... (1)
5. D can be also represented by,,
By the definition of a sphere, we have,
D =
Q Q
ar E= ar ... (2)
4 r 2 4 0 r 2
WARNING : Xerox/Photocopying of this book is a CRIMINAL Act. Anyone found guilty is LIABLE to face LEGAL proceedings.
UNIT-1 (Electrostatics) 1 . 29
Substituting equation (2) in equation (1), we get, The electric flux () through the surface enclosing the
charge is defined as,
Q
D = o × 2
ar
4 o r = d = D dS ... (3)
s
Q
D= ar ... (3)
4r 2 Substituting equations (2) and (3) in equation (1), we
get,
Applying dot product with ds on both sides of the
equation (3), we get,
D dS = dV v ... (4)
Q S V
D . ds = .ar .ds.a N
4r 2
For a vector field A , the divergence theorem states that,
Q
D ds = ds ... (4)
4r 2 A dS = A dV
S V
Applying surface integral on both sides, we get,
Q D dS = D dV ... (5)
s
D. ds =
s
4r 2
ds S V
Q D ds
Infinite surface charge
Gauss’s Law in Differential Form
Gaussian surface
Proof of D = Y Y
Mathematically Gauss law is expressed as,
= Qenclosed ... (1)
D ds
If the charge is continuously distributed throughout the
volume with a charge density V, then X
Z
Qenclosed = dV
v
v ... (2)
Figure: Infinite Disc
WARNING : Xerox/Photocopying of this book is a CRIMINAL Act. Anyone found guilty is LIABLE to face LEGAL proceedings.
UNIT-1 (Electrostatics) 1 . 31
Substituting equation (5) in equation (3), we get, Where,
l VAB – Potential difference between points A and B.
E = a V/m
2 o r r From figure (i), the electric field due to a point charge Q
at origin is,
Therefore, the above equation gives the field intensity
at any point due to infinite length line charge. Q
E = aˆ R ... (4)
1.7 ELECTRIC POTENTIAL, RELATIONS 4 0 R 2
BETWEEN E AND V
rB
Q49. Derive expression for potential at a point Q
charge Q located at origin
V AB = – 4 R
rA 0
2
aˆ R dR aˆ R
OR
Establish the relationship between potential 1 1
Q
energy and work done or charges. =
OR
4 0 rB rA
Define the term electric potential in electrostatic VAB = VB – VA
field. Show that the potential difference Where,
between any two points is independent of path
VA – Absolute potential at A
of integration.
Answer : April/May-12, Set-3, Q1
VB – Absolute potential at B.
Consider a point charge ‘Q’ moving from point A to point If VA = 0 as rA , then the potential at any point due to
B in an electric field (E) as shown in figure below. a point charge Q is,
A Q
E V
4 0 r
dL
E Q50. Derive the relation between electric field (E)
rA
R E and potential (V).
B Answer :
The potential differential between points A and B is,
rB VAB = – VBA
0
VAB + VBA = 0
Figure: Displacement of Point Charge Q in an Electric Field (E) E.dl = 0 ... (1)
According to coulomb’s law, L
From equation (1), it is observed that the line integral
Force, F = QE ... (1)
along the closed path is zero.
Work done in displacing the charge by dl is, On applying stoke’s theorem, we get,
dw = – F . dl ... (2)
On substituting equation (1), in equation (2) we get, E.dl = ( E ).dS = 0
S
L
dw = – QE.dl ×E=0 ... (2)
V V
v E = ar a ... (2)
Ez = r
z
Where,
And E = Ex i + Ey j + Ez k
ar = Unit vector in the direction of increasing value
v v v of r, directed along OP.
=– i j .k
x y z a = Unit vector in the direction (perpendicular to OP)
of increasing value of .
=– V
cos
E V But, V
4 0 r 2
Then,
1.8 MAXWELL’S TWO EQUATIONS FOR
ELECTROSTATIC FIELDS cos
2
Q51. Write the maxwell’s two equations for electro- V 4 o r cos
= ... (3)
static field. r r 2 o r 3
Answer :
cos
The Maxwell’s first equation for electrostate field is, 2
V 4 o r sin
= ... (4)
.D = v ... (1) 4 o r 2
Equation (1) represents the Gauss law Substituting equations (3) and (4) in equation (2), we get,
Another Maxwell’s equation for electrostatic field is, cos sin
E= ar a ... (5)
2 o r 3
4 o r 2
E = 0 ... (2)
On comparing equations (1) and (5), we get,
Equation (2) is the third among the four Maxwell’s equa-
tion. The Maxwell’s equations for electrostatic field in point cos
form and integral form are, Er = ar
2 o r 3
Point (Differential) Form Integral Form
sin
E = a
.D v D.ds dv
v 4 o r 3
S v
1.10 ENERGY DENSITY
Q53. Derive the expression for energy density in elec-
E 0 E.dl 0 trostatic field.
L
V = E dx W = QV
WARNING : Xerox/Photocopying of this book is a CRIMINAL Act. Anyone found guilty is LIABLE to face LEGAL proceedings.
UNIT-1 (Electrostatics) 1 . 33
Consider four charges Q1, Q2, Q3 and Q4 present in a space with zero electrostatic field E as shown in figure below.
P1 P2 P3 P4
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
Figure
Generally, the work done in transferring charges to their respective points are,
1. Q1 from infinity to P – zero
2. Q2 from infinity to P2 – Q2 V21 (Where V21 is the potential at P2 due to Q1)
3. Q3 from infinity to P3 – Q3 (V32 + V31)
(Where V32 and V31 are potentials at P3 due to Q2 and Q1 respectively)
4. Q4 from infinity to P4 – Q4 (V43 + V42 + V41)
Therefore, total work done is,
WE = 0 + Q2 V21 + Q3(V31 + V32) + Q4(V41 + V42 + V43) ... (1)
If the charges are placed in reverse order, then,
WE = 0 + Q3 Q34 + Q2(V24 + V23) + Q1(V14 + V13 + V12) ... (2)
On adding equations (1) and (2), we get,
2WE = [Q2 V21 + Q3 (V31 + V32) + Q4(V41 + V42 + V43)] + [ Q3 V34 + Q2(V24 + V23) + Q1(V14 + V13 + V12)]
= Q1(V12 + V13 + V14) + Q2(V21 + V23 + V24) + Q3(V31 + V32 + V34) + Q4(V41 + V42 + V43)
2WE = Q1V1 + Q2V2 + Q3V3 + Q4V4
1
WE = (Q V + Q2V2 + Q3V3 + Q4V4) ... (3)
2 1 1
Where,
V1 – Potential at P1
V2 – Potential at P2
V3 – Potential at P3
V4 – Potential at P4
For n point charges, energy density is,
1 n
WE = QkWk (in Joules)
2 k 1
... (4)
1
WE = 2 (.DJV dv
v
P V .D ... (6)
S
v
y
Figure (i): Current in a Filament
If the current passing through the filament with a density is v, then velocity is,
u u y ay
Q
I =
t
y
= v S
t
= v S uy ... (1)
From the definition of current density (in y-direction),
I
Jy = ... (2)
S
v Su y
Jy =
S
Jy = v uy ... (3)
In general equation (3) can be written as,
J = v u A/m2
Where,
J = Convection current density.
WARNING : Xerox/Photocopying of this book is a CRIMINAL Act. Anyone found guilty is LIABLE to face LEGAL proceedings.
UNIT-1 (Electrostatics) 1 . 35
Q55. Explain the term conduction current density.
1.12 DIELECTRIC CONSTANT
Answer :
Q56. Derive the expression for dielectric constant and
Conduction Current Density hence show that electric field intensity in the
The conduction current at a given point, passing through 1
a unit surface area normal to the direction of current is known dielectric is times equal to the electric field
r
as conduction current density. intensity in air.
Explanation Answer :
Generally, a conductor consists of huge amount of free Dielectric constant is defined as the ratio of the
electrons. When an electric field is applied, these electrons permittivity to that of free space. It is also known as relative
produces conduction current consequently, the positively permittivity and is denoted by r.
charged particles experiences a force, which is given by,
F eE ... (1) r =
0
Due to Lattic structure of the conductor, the charged The net field inside the dielectric material is given as,
particles suffers collisions and lose part of their energy.
Therefore, the particles will have an average velocity, known as Ed = E – Ei
drift velocity (u). Where, E is the applied electric field and Ei is the internal
From Newtons law, the average change in momentum of field due to bound charger.
free electrons must be equal to applied force. The internal field Ei due to bound charges in terms of
polarization is given as,
mu
i..e, = – eE
P
Ei
0
e
u = E ... (2) The net field inside the dielectric material becomes
m
Where, P
Ed E
– Average time between collisions. 0
For ‘n’ electrons, the electronic charge density is, ... (3) Ed 0 = E0 – P
v = – ne
Ed 0 = E0 – 0 xe E d
In general,
[ P = 0 xe E d ]
J vu ... (4)
Where,
ne 2
= E
m r is the dielectric constant and
D A = E 0
The equation (1) reduces to,
E 0 = E d [ = 0 r ]
D A = Dd
Also from equation (1)
0
Ed = E
0 r
0
Ed = EA
0 r
EA
Ed =
r
1
Hence, from the above expression it can be said that the electric field intensity ‘ Ed ’ in the dielectric is times equal to
r
the electric field intensity in air.
Q57. Explain the concept of polarization.
OR
Define polarization. Explain how a dielectric acquires polarization.
Answer :
Definition
Polarization (P) is defined as the dipole moment per unit volume of dielectric.
i.e.,
N
Lt
v 0
Q
m 1
m dm
P=
v
The dipole is the separation of two point charges of equal magnitude and opposite sign, by a distance ‘d’ as shown in figure (a).
+Q
–Q
Figure (a)
The product of magnitude of charge to the distance ‘d’ between them is known as dipole moment.
i.e., Pm = Qd
WARNING : Xerox/Photocopying of this book is a CRIMINAL Act. Anyone found guilty is LIABLE to face LEGAL proceedings.
UNIT-1 (Electrostatics) 1 . 37
Polarization in Dielectric
Consider an atom of the dielectric as shown in figure (b),
E
–
– –– –Q +Q
––– – –+– – –– –
Atom – + – – – + –– +
––– –– d
of dielectric
E
E=0
Dielectric atom
after applying field This is by principle
of super-position
Figure (b)
The atom contains a positive charge ‘+Q’ (nucleus) surrounded by cloud of negative charge ‘–Q’ (due to electrons). When
this atom is placed in an electric field of intensity ‘E’, the positive charge displaces from its equilibrium position in the direction of
‘E’ by a force F̂ = QEˆ and the negative charge is displaced in the direction opposite to the field by a force F̂ = – QEˆ . This
distortion in charge distribution results in the formation of dipole.
The distortion charge distribution, by principle of super position is equal to the original distribution plus a dipole whose
moment is P = Qd.
When a dielectric is placed in the electric field all its atoms undergo the above process and the dielectric is said to be
polarized.
WARNING : Xerox/Photocopying of this book is a CRIMINAL Act. Anyone found guilty is LIABLE to face LEGAL proceedings.
UNIT-1 (Electrostatics) 1 . 39
For a volume charge distribution, the relation between the volume charge density ‘v’ and the electric flux density ‘ D ’ is
given by Maxwell’s first law as,
D = E
= ( V ) [ E V ]
= – V ... (2)
On substituting equation (2) in equation (1), we get,
div (– V ) = v
.( V ) = v
( . V ) = v
v
.V =
v
2V ... (3)
The above equation is called as the Poisson’s equation.
Q62. Derive Laplace’s equation.
Answer :
Derivation of Laplace’s Equation
The poisson’s equation for homogeneous media is,
v
2V = ... (1)
Consider a charge distribution in which the volume charge density is absent, while the charge distribution may contain the
combinations of point, line and surface charge densities.
v = 0 ... (2)
On substituting equation (2) in equation (1), we get,
0
2V = 0
Coordinate
2V
Systems
Rectangular 2V 2V 2V
x 2 y 2 z 2
Cylindrical 1 V 1 2V 2V
r
r r r r 2 2 z 2
1 2 V 1 V 1 2V
Spherical r 2
2
r r r r sin sin
r 2 sin 2 2
Q63. Derive Poisson’s and Laplace’s equations and mention their applications.
Answer : (Model Paper-I, Q3 | June-14, (R09), Q2)
Q64. Explain the concept of energy density with the help of a simple parallel plate capacitor.
April/May-13, Set-4, Q1(a)
OR
Derive an expression for the capacitance of parallel wires.
Answer : May/June-19, (R15), Q3(a)
Expression for Capacitance of Parallel Plate Capacitor
Consider a parallel plate capacitor as shown in figure below,
Figure
WARNING : Xerox/Photocopying of this book is a CRIMINAL Act. Anyone found guilty is LIABLE to face LEGAL proceedings.
UNIT-1 (Electrostatics) 1 . 41
2
Let the area of the plate be ‘S’ m and ‘d’ be the distance The capacitance,
between plate 1 and plate 2. Both the plates carries charges +
Q
and – respectively. The space between the plates is filled C =
with dielectric of permittivity ‘e’. V
Assuming the plates to be ideal and field to be uniform, Q
the Electric field intensity from Gauss law is given as, C=
d
S
S
E1 = ( aZ ) (i..e, below the surface charge (+ S))
2 S
C Farads
S Surface charge density d
Similarly,
Capacitance/unit area i.e., C / S F
d
S
E2 = ( aZ ) (i..e, above the surface charge (– S)) S Area of the plate
2
d Distance between the plates.
The total Electric field is given as,
Q65. Obtain an expression for the capacitance of a
E = E1 + E2 coaxial line in terms of outer conductor dia ‘b’ and
inner conductor dia ‘a’.
S S Answer : Model Paper-II, Q3
E = ( aZ ) + ( aZ )
2 2 Consider a coaxial capacitor with outer and inner
conductors. Let the length be L, inner radius be a and outer
S radius be b, (where b > a) as shown in figure below.
E = ( aZ )
The surface charge density S is given by,
(2)
Q
S = C/m2 Dielectric
S (1)
()
a
Q
E = ( aZ ) V/m L
S b
dl = dZ a z
Figure: Coaxial Capacitor with Inner and Outer Conductor Radii as
The potential, V is,
a and b Respectively
1
Suppose that outer and inner conductors carry a uniform
V = E.d l
2
... (1) charge of +Q and –Q respectively.
Also assume that a homogeneous dielectric with
On substituting the corresponding values in equation
(1), we get permittivity is filled between two conductors.
By applying Gaussian law to an arbitrary Gaussian
z d
Q cylindrical surface of radius , where lies between a
V=
z 0
S
( a z ).dZ a z ( d l is along d Z ) and b i.e.,
a < < b,
zd We obtain,
Q
V=
S (a .a
z z ) dz
z 0
Q = E.ds = E2L
d Q
V = E a
S 2L
V=
Q b
ln ... (1)
Total electric flux, = D ds
2L a
s
2L
C=
b Where, R = Radius of sphere considered.
ln
a Total electric flux, = 4R2D.
Therefore, the capacitance of a coaxial cylinder is given Since, the total flux is created by the total charge en-
by, closed by the sphere,
2L Q = 4R2D [ = Q]
C
b
ln Q
a D=
4R 2
Q66. What is the capacitance between two concen-
tric spheres and obtain an expression for it? By the definition, of, electric flux density, D = E
OR ... (1)
Obtain expression for capacitance of spherical Where,
capacitor
Answer : E = Electric field intensity.
(i) Consider a spherical capacitor consisting of two con-
centric conducting shells. The radii of inner shell is a1 D
E =
and the radii of outer shell is a2 as shown in the figure.
WARNING : Xerox/Photocopying of this book is a CRIMINAL Act. Anyone found guilty is LIABLE to face LEGAL proceedings.
UNIT-1 (Electrostatics) 1 . 43
On substituting equation (1) in equation (2), we get, ... (2)
Q Q
E = 2 D 4R 2
4 R
dv
As E =
dR
dv = – EdR ... (1)
On substituting the value of E in equation (3), we get,
Q
dv = dR
4 R 2
The total we have, voltage obtained in moving charge from a2 to a1 ranges from ‘0’ at a1 to ‘v’ at a2
v a1
Q
dv = 4 R
a2
2 dR
0
a1
Q 1
v V
0
=
4 R
a2
2 dR
a
Q 1 1 Q 1 1
V = =
4 R a2 4 a1 a2
Q ( a2 a1 )
=
4a1a2
By definition, capacitance is the ratio of charge present on each surface to the potential difference between them.
Q Q
i.e., C = =
V Q (a2 a1 )
4a1 a2
4 a1a2
C Farad
(a2 a1 )
Q67. Derive the expression for the energy stored in an electrostatic field.
Answer :
Energy Stored in Electrostatic Field
The expression for energy stored in electrostatic field can be derived from the fundamental definition,
dQ = CdV coulombs ... (1)
Where, C – Capacity of the capacitor
Q – Positive charge
V – Electric potential.
= QV =
QdV = VdQ joules ... (2)
=
A 2 2
Ed
0 0
2d
By substituting equation (1) in equation (2), we get,
AE 2 d E 2 ( Ad )
V
= = Joules ... (7)
2 2
= CVdV
Where, Ad = V and V represents the volume enclosing
0
the capacitor structure.
V Therefore, the energy stored in an electrostatic field per
= C VdV unit volume is expressed as,
0
AE 2 d 2 1 2
2 V
d E J/m 2
V 2d 2
=C
2 0
1.17 ILLUSTRATIVE PROBLEMS
V 2 02
=C Q68. Four concentrated charges Q1 = 0.3 C, Q2 = 0.2
2 C, Q3 = – 0.3 C, Q4 = 0.2 C are located at the
vertices of a plane rectangle. The length of
rectangle is 5 cm and breadth of the rectangle
CV 2 is 2 cm. Find the magnitude and direction of
= Joules ... (3)
2 resultant force on Q1.
WARNING : Xerox/Photocopying of this book is a CRIMINAL Act. Anyone found guilty is LIABLE to face LEGAL proceedings.
UNIT-1 (Electrostatics) 1 . 45
From the above figure, Angle of Ft with horizontal is,
2 1.348
tan = = tan–1
5
0.215
2 = 80.93°
= tan–1
5 Angle between Ft and – F13 is,
= 21.8° = –
According to Coulomb’s law, = 80.93° – 21.8°
Force extended on charge Q1 due to charge Q2 is, = 59.13°
Step 2
1 Q1Q2
F12 = 2 Resultant force on Q1 is,
4 0 R12
Q1Q4 = 1.245 N
F14 = 2
4 0 R14 Angle between FR and – F13 is,
a 10–9 Z 3 2 2
= o E
= x Z 2 x y z
2 0 3 2
2
9 = o [3 x ]
8 8
ax 10
2 (2) x y z
=
2 0 3 3
= o [6x]
Q70. A cube of 2 cm side is centered at the origin, (ii) Flux Coming Out of One Face of Cube
with its sides parallel to the axes and contains Flux coming out of one face of cube is given by,
a field of 3 x2 Ux V/m. Find the total charge
contained in the cube and the flux coming out 1
of one face of the cube. ' = Total flux ... (2)
6
WARNING : Xerox/Photocopying of this book is a CRIMINAL Act. Anyone found guilty is LIABLE to face LEGAL proceedings.
UNIT-1 (Electrostatics) 1 . 47
Total flux from the cube is given by,
Q
=
o
96 108 o
=
o
= 96 × 10–8 C
Substituting the value of y in equation (2), we get,
1
' = [96 × 10–8]C
6
' 16 10 8 C
Q71. A volume charge density inside a hollow sphere is = 10e–20rC/m3. Find the total charge enclosed with
in the sphere also find the electric flux density on the surface of the sphere.
Answer :
Given that,
For a hollow sphere,
Volume charge density, v = 10e–20r C/m3
Total charge enclosed within the sphere, Q = ?
Electric Flux density on surface of sphere, D = ?
Then, the total charge within the sphere is defined as,
Q= dV
V
r 2 sin dr d d
Q=
V
dV =
0 0 r 0
V
On rearranging,
2 2
20 r
Q= d sin d 10e r 2 dr
0 0 0
2
2
= 10 0 cos 0 r .e
2 20 r
dr ... (1)
0
2
2
r .e 20 r dr , is in the form of,
0
uv dx = u vdx (u vdx)dx
SPECTRUM ALL-IN-ONE JOURNAL FOR ENGINEERING STUDENTS
1.48 ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVES AND TRANSMISSION LINES [JNTU-ANANTAPUR]
2 2
e 20 r e 20r ax 1 ax d n n 1
e dx a .e ; dx ( x ) n.x
2 20 r
r .e dr = r 2
20
2
r
20
dr
0
0
2
r 2 20 r 1
= e r e 20 r dr
20 10 0
2
r 2 zor 1 e 20 r e 20 r
= (e ) r 1
20 10 20 20
0
2
r 2 20 r 1 re 20 r e 20r
= 20 e
10 20
20 20 0
2
r 2 20 r re 20 r e 20 r 22 20(2) 2 e 20(2) e 20 2 e 20(0)
= e = e
0 0
20 200 4000 0 20 200 4000 4000
4 40 2 1 1
= e e 40 e 40
20 200 4000 4000
40 4 2 1 1
= e 4000
20 200 4000
40 800 40 1 1
= e
4000 4000
1
= 0
4000
2
2 1
r e 20 r dr =
4000
0
1
Q = 102 0 1 1
4000
1
= 102 2
4000
40
Q= =
4000 100
The total charge enclosed within t h e s ph er e, Q = . The expression for electric flux density is,
100
Q
D= =
4 r 2
/ 100 1
2 = 2 =
4( 2) 400( 2) 1600
= 6.25 × 10–4 C/m2
D 6.25 10 4 C/m 2
WARNING : Xerox/Photocopying of this book is a CRIMINAL Act. Anyone found guilty is LIABLE to face LEGAL proceedings.
UNIT-1 (Electrostatics) 1 . 49
Q72. Find the potential and sketch its variation with radial distance, for a spherical shell of radius a = 3 cm,
having a surface charge density of s C/m2.
Answer :
Given that,
For a spherical shell,
Radius, a = 3 cm
Surface charge density = s C/m2
Electric potential, V = ?
The electric potential (V) as a function of radial distance (r) for a spherical shell of radius ‘a’ is given by,
1 Q
4 . for r a
o r
V(r) = 1 Q
. for r a
4 o a
For r > a
Electric potential is given by,
1 Q
V1(r)= .
4 o r
1 1
V1 (r ) s ds V [ Q s ds]
4o r
For r < a
Electric potential is given by,
1 Q
V2(r) = .
4 o a
1 1
= × Q
4 o 3 10 2
V2 (r ) 3 1011 s ds V
[ Q s ds ]
Figure below illustrates the variation of electric potential V(r) with radial distance (r) for a spherical shell of radius ‘a’.
V
V2 (r)
V1 (r)
r
a
Figure: Variation of Electric Potential with Radial Distance for Spherical Shell
R41 R32
Q4 Q3
2 2
4
R43
Figure
From figure
R31 = Q10 + 0Q3
= 22 22 22 22
= 8 8
= 4 2 cm
R31 = 4 2 10 2 m
Similarly,
R42 = 4 2 10 2 m
and
R21 = R32 = R43 = R41 = 4 cm = 4 × 10–2 m
For Q1
w1 = 0J
For Q2
Q1
w2 = Q2 4 R
0 21
WARNING : Xerox/Photocopying of this book is a CRIMINAL Act. Anyone found guilty is LIABLE to face LEGAL proceedings.
UNIT-1 (Electrostatics) 1 . 51
For Q3
Q1 Q1
w3 = Q3 4 R Q3 4 R
0 32 0 31
For Q4
Q1 Q2 Q3
w4 = Q4 4 R Q4 4 R Q4 4 R
0 41 0 42 0 43
Q2 Q2 Q2 Q2 Q2 Q2
wE = 0 + ( Q1 = Q2 = Q3 = Q4)
4 0 R21 4 0 R32 4 0 R31 4 0 R41 4 0 R42 4 0 R43
Q2 1 1 1 1 1 1
=
4 0 R21 R32 R31 R41 R42 R43
Q2 1 1 1 1 1 1
= 2
2
2
4 0 4 10 4 10 4 2 10 2
4 10 4 2 10 2
4 10 2
Q2 1 1
= 2
(1 1 1 1) 2
(1 1)
4 0 4 10 4 2 10
Q2
= [135.34]
4 0
(0.8 10 9 ) 2
= 135.34
4 8.854 10 12
= 0.7784 J
WE 0.7784 J
Q74. Find the total current in a circular conductor of radius 4 mm if the current density varies according to
10 4
J= ar A/m2.
r
Answer :
Given that,
In a circular conductor,
Current density,
10 4
J= ar A/m 2
r
Radius of conductor,
r = 4 mm
= 4 × 10–3 m
= 0.004 m
SPECTRUM ALL-IN-ONE JOURNAL FOR ENGINEERING STUDENTS
1.52 ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVES AND TRANSMISSION LINES [JNTU-ANANTAPUR]
Total current in conductor, I = ?
From continuity equation current I is,
I=
J .ds
s
... (1)
Where,
ds = r 2 sin d d ar
On substituting the corresponding values in equation (1), we get,
10 4
I =
ar ( r 2 sin d d ar )
s
r
4
= 10 r sin . d. d [ a r .a r 1]
s
/ 2 2
= 104 r sin . d d
0 0
/ 2 2
= 104 r [ cos ]0 []0
= 104 r cos cos 0 [2 0]
2
I = 104 r (2) (1) ... (2)
On substituting the value of r in equation (2) we get,
I = 104 (0.004) (2)
= 0.025 × 104 Amps
I 251.32 Amps
Q75. Fine out polarization, P in a homogeneous and isotropic dielectric material whose r =3.0 when
D = 3.0 ar c/m2.
Answer :
Given that,
In a homogeneous and isotropic dielectric material,
Permeability (r)= 3.0
Electric flux density (D) = 3.0 ar c/m2
Polarization (P) = ?
The expression for polarization is,
P = Xe0 E ...(1)
D
P = (r – 1)
r
1
P = D 1 ... (2)
r
WARNING : Xerox/Photocopying of this book is a CRIMINAL Act. Anyone found guilty is LIABLE to face LEGAL proceedings.
UNIT-1 (Electrostatics) 1 . 53
On substituting the corresponding values in equation (2), we get,
1
P = 3 × 10–6 1 ar
3
= 2 × 10–6 ar c/m2
P 2ar c/ m 2
Q76. Distinguish between the conduction and convection currents. Establish the current continuity equation
and hence calculate the relaxation time for Brass material, having a conductivity of 1.1 × 107 mhos/m,
at 10 MHz.
Answer :
Given that,
For Brass material,
Conductivity, = 11 × 107 mho/m
Frequency, f = 10 MHz
Relaxation time, Tr = ?
The relaxation time for Brass material is given by,
Tr = ... (1)
Where,
= o r
For Brass, r is in between 1.9 – 2.3 so take r = 2
= 8.854 × 10–12 × 2
= 1.7708 × 10–11 [ o = 8.854 × 10–12 f/m]
Substituting the values of and in equation (1), we get,
Q77. A parallel plate capacitor consists of two square metal plates with 500 mm side and separated by 10
mm. A slab of sulphur ( r = 4 ) of 6 mm thick is placed on the lower plate and air gap of 4 mm. Find the
capacitance of the capacitor.
Answer :
Given that,
For a parallel plate capacitor,
Two square metal plates has each side, s = 500 mm = 500 × 10–3 m
Area of the square plate, a = s2 = (500 × 10–3)2 m2
Distance between the plates, d = 10 mm = 10 × 10–3 m
Thickness of sulphur slab, t1 = 6 mm = 6 × 10–3 m
Thickness of air gap, t2 = 4 mm = 4 × 10–3 m
Permittivity of sulphur, r1 = 4
Permittivity of air, r2 = 1
Air 4 mm (t2)
10 mm
(d)
Sulphur 6 mm (t1)
o r1 a
C1 =
t1
= 1.47 × 10–9 F
C1 = 1.47 nF
Similarly, the capacitance of air gap is,
o r2 a
C2 =
t2
1 1 1
=
Ceff C1 C2
C1C2
Ceff =
C1 C2
Ceff = 4 × 10–10 F
Ceff = 0.4 × 10–9 F = 0.4 nF.
Ceff 0.4nF
WARNING : Xerox/Photocopying of this book is a CRIMINAL Act. Anyone found guilty is LIABLE to face LEGAL proceedings.
UNIT-1 (Electrostatics) 1 . 55
Q78. A spherical condenser has a capacity of 54 pF. It consists of two concentric spheres differing in radii by
4 cm and having air as dielectric. Find their radii.
Answer :
Given that,
For a spherical condenser,
Capacitance, C = 54 pF
Difference in radii of two spheres,
b – a = 4 cm
b – a = 4 × 10–2 m ... (1)
Assume, the relative permittivity, r = 1
The expression for capacitance of a spherical capacitor is,
4
C= ... (2)
1 1
a b
Here, b > a
Substituting the values in the equation (2), we get,
(b a) 10 2
= 2.06
ab
4 102
ab = ( b – a = 4 cm)
2.06
ab = 1.941 × 10–2 ... (3)
From equation (1),
b – a = 4 × 10–2
b = (4 × 10–2) + a ... (4)
Substituting equation (4) in equation (3), we get,
a[(4 × 10–2) + a] = 1.941 × 10–2
0.04a + a2 = 0.01941
a2 + 0.04a – 0.01941 = 0
On solving the above equation, we get,
a= 0.12 m and
= – 0.16 m
Neglecting the negative value and substituting a = 0.12 m in equation (4), we get,
b= (4 × 10–2) + a
= (4 × 10–2) + 0.12
= 0.16 m
a 0.12 m and
b 0.16m
2L
C= ... (1)
b
ln
a
Where,
a = Radius of inner conductor
Da 2
a= = = 1 cm
2 2
b = Radius of outer conductor
Db 4
b= = = 2 cm
2 2
= o r = 8.854 × 10–12 × 2.56
= 2.266 × 10–11 [ o = 8.854 × 10–12 f/m]
Substituting the values of , L, a and b in equation (1), we get,
C = 1.03 × 10–10
C 0.103 nF
1
WE = CV2 ... (2)
2
WARNING : Xerox/Photocopying of this book is a CRIMINAL Act. Anyone found guilty is LIABLE to face LEGAL proceedings.
UNIT-1 (Electrostatics) 1 . 57
Substituting the values of C and V in equation (2), we From the divergence theorem, we get,
get,
. D = aˆ x aˆ y aˆ z . (2y2 âx + 4xy â y – âz ) 10–3
1 x y z
WE = × 0.103 × 10–9 × (10)2
2
2 –3
1 = 2 y 4 xy (–1) 10
WE = × 0.103 × 10–7 x y z
2
= 0 + 4x 10–3 + 0
WE 5.15 10 9 J . D = 4x 10–3 ... (2)
On substituting equation (2) in equation (1), we get,
(iii) Electric Field (E)
–3
Electric field (E) at a radius r = 1.5 cm in the dielectric is Q= (4x 10
V
) dV
given by,
4 2 2
–3
E=
Q
2 πLεr
... (3) = (4 x 10
z –1 y 1 x 1
) dx dy dz
Where, 4 2 2
–3
x2
dy dz
Q = Charge on capacitor
= 4 10
z –1 y 1
2
1
Q = CV
4 2
–3
22 1
Thus, equation (3) changes as, – dy dz
= 4 10 2 2
z –1 y 1
CV
E= ... (4) 4 2
2Lr –3 3
Substituting thevalues of C, V, L, and r in equation (4),
= 4 10 2 dy dz
z –1 y 1
we get
4
4 10 –3 3 2
0.103 10 9 10
=
2 ( y) 1 dz
E= z –1
2 50 10 2 2.266 10 11 1.5 10 2
4
–3
E = 9.644 × 102 = 6 10 (2 – 1) dz
z –1
E 964.4 V/m
= 6 10 –3 ( z ) 4–1
Q80. In free space the electric flux density D = 2y2 = 6 10–3 (4 + 1)
= 6 5 10–3
aˆ z + 4yx aˆ y – aˆ z mC/m2. Find the total charge
= 30 mC
stored in the region 1 < x < 2, 1 < y < 2, – 1 < z
< 4. Q 30 mC
Answer : May/June-15, (R13), Q2(b) Q81. A circular disk of radius ‘a’ is uniformly charged
Given electric flux density is, with s C/m2. The disk lies on z = 0 plane with
its axis along the z-axis. Derive the expression
for the electric field intensity at a point (0, 0, h).
D = 2y2 âx + 4xy â y – âz mC/m2
Answer : May/June-15, (R13), Q3(a)
Region: 1 < x < 2, 1 < y < 2, – 1 < z < 4 Given that,
Total charge, Q = ? For a circular disk,
The expression for total charge stored is given by, Surface charge density = s c/m2
Radius, r = a
The disk lies along Z = 0 plane
Q= . D dV ... (1)
V Electric field intensity, E at (0, 0, h) = ?
SPECTRUM ALL-IN-ONE JOURNAL FOR ENGINEERING STUDENTS
1.58 ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVES AND TRANSMISSION LINES [JNTU-ANANTAPUR]
A circular ring of radius ‘a’ having surface charge density The expression for differential surface area (ds) is,
s in Z = 0 plane is as shown in figure (i).
dS = r dr d
z
R = – rar za z
rar za z
aR = ... (2)
P r2 z2
z=h R rdrd ( ra za )
dE = s . r z
2
y 4 0 R 2
r z 2
aR
r=
s rdrd za z
dE = 2
.
x
Figure (i)
4 0 r2 z2 r z2
2
a 3
s h
= 2r (r 2 h 2 )
2 dra z
z az 4 0
0
R
a
O 3
1
s h (r 2 h 2 ) 2
= az
4 0 3
– r ar 1
2 0
n 1
f ' ( x ) f ( x )dx f ( x )
Figure (ii)
n 1
WARNING : Xerox/Photocopying of this book is a CRIMINAL Act. Anyone found guilty is LIABLE to face LEGAL proceedings.
UNIT-1 (Electrostatics) 1 . 59
a
Where, 0 – Permittivity in free space (8.854 10–12)
1
s h
= 2 (r 2 h 2 ) 2
az On substituting the corresponding values in equation
4 0 0 (1), we get,
1 1
a
100 10 –12 cos
s h 2
2 2 2 2 3
=
(2) a h (h ) az V =
4 0 4 8.854 10 –12 12
0
1
5 10 –11
h 1 =
2 2
= s h (a h ) 2 a z 1.112 10 –10
2 0
= 0.449
s h 1 1 V 0.449 volts
= 2 2 1 az
2 0 h (a h ) 2
The expression for electric field intensity, E due to dipole
at origin is given as,
s h p
= 1 a
1 z E = ( 2 cos a r sin a ) ... (2)
2 0 (h2 a 2 ) 2 4 0 r 3
On substituting the corresponding values in equation
(2), we get,
s h
E at (0,0, h ) 1 az 100 10 –12
2 0 2 2
1
E = 2 cos ar sin a
–12 3
(h a ) 2 4 8.854 10 (1) 3 3
p cos V = 100 V
V = . ... (1)
4 0 r 2 P(4, 1, 3), L = 8nc/m
rP2 = (–1 – 4) 2 (2 1) 2
x = – 1, y = 2
= 26
X B(– 1, 2, 2) 5
PL
Figure VP02 = 2 ln
0 26
To obtain potential difference VPO.
Case (1) PL = 8nc/m 0 = 8.85 × 10–12 F/m
Line charge 1
8 10 –9 5
ro1 VPo2 = ln
PL 2 8.85 10 12
26
VPo1 = + 2 ln r
0 p1
VPo2 = – 118.5417 v
Where,
But
ro1 and rp1 are perpendicular distances of point o
and P from line1. The line 1 is parallel to y axis. VPo2 = VP2 – Vo
Considering x = 1, z = 2 Where,
And 0(0, 0, 0) Vo = 100 V
P(4, 1, 3) VP2 = – 118.5417 + 100
r01 = (1 – 0) 2 (2 0) 2 (Using x and z values VP 2 –18.5417V
to find ro1 and rp1)
Absolute potential of P due to linecharger,
= 5 VP = VP1 + VP2 = 50.16 – 18.5417 = 31.6183 V
rP1 = (1 – 4) 2 (2 – 3) 2 V p 31.6183V
= 10
1 1
PL 5 Q84. If 4 - . Obtain the time rate of
VPo1 = ln a b
20 10 increase in the volume charge density and the
total current passing through surface defined
8 10–9 5 by = 2, 0 z 1, 0 2.
= ln
Answer :
12
2 3.14 8.85 10 10 May/June-16, (R13), Q3(a)
0 = 8.85 × 10– 12 F/m Given that,
VPo1 = – 49.8386
But VPo1 = VP1 – V0 100
Where, J = 2 â A/m2
V0 = 100 V, VP01 = – 49.8386
= 2
VP1 = – 49.8386 + 100
0 z1
VP1 50.16V
0 2
WARNING : Xerox/Photocopying of this book is a CRIMINAL Act. Anyone found guilty is LIABLE to face LEGAL proceedings.
UNIT-1 (Electrostatics) 1 . 61
According to continuity equation
I= J .dS (.J ) dv
S Vol
v
.J = t
Now,
J J J Z
.J = z
100
.J = 2 0 0
1
.J = 100 2
1 200
.J = 100(– 2) 3 3
v 200
= 3
t
1 2 2
200
=
0 0 0
3
d d dz [ From cylindrical co-ordinates dv = d ddz]
1 2 2
1
= 200 d dz
0
0 0
1 2
1
= 200 2 d dz
0 0
1
2
= 100 []0 dz
0
= 100(2)[ z ]10
I = – 200 A
Q85. Consider two concentric spherical conductors with inner sphere radius ‘a’ and the out sphere of radius
‘b’ are separated by a dielectric medium. The electric potential on the inner conductor ‘V’ volts with
respect to the outer conductor which is connected to ground prove that the capacitance between the
1 1
spherical conductors is C = 4 -
a b
May/June-16, (R13), Q3(b)
(iii) Let V be the potential difference between the two spheres. Here, the electric field (E ) due to the charge ‘Q’ is directed
radially outwards at all points throughout the surface of the inner sphere. Similarly, the electric flux density ( D ) also acts
in the same direction i.e., radially outwards.
(iv) Now, consider the surface of the sphere at a radius ‘R’ such that a < R < b as shown by the dotted lines in the figure.
(v) According to the Gauss law, we have,
Total flux diverging from the surface = Total charge enclosed within the sphere.
ds = 4R
s
2
Q
D=
4R 2
By the definition, we have,
D
E =
Q Q
E= D 4R 2
4 R2
WARNING : Xerox/Photocopying of this book is a CRIMINAL Act. Anyone found guilty is LIABLE to face LEGAL proceedings.
UNIT-1 (Electrostatics) 1 . 63
But, we know that,
dv
E =
dR
Q
dv = dR
4 R 2
The total we have, voltage obtained in moving charge from a2 to a ranges from ‘0’ at a to ‘v’ at b
v a1
Q
dv = 4 R
0 a2
2 dR
a1
Q 1
v V
0
=
4 R
a2
2 dR
Q 1 a1 Q 1 1
V = =
4 R a2 4 a b
Q(b a)
=
4 a b
By definition, capacitance is the ratio of charge present on each surface to the potential difference between them.
Q Q
i.e., C = =
V Q (b a )
4 a b
4 a b
C Farad
(b a )
Q1. Define del operator and hence explain the physical interpretation of the operations
gradient, divergence and curl.
REPEATED
2
TIMES
REPEATED
2
TIMES
Q3. Explain the concept of energy density with the help of a simple parallel plate capacitor.
REPEATED
2
TIMES
Q5. Derive an expression for electric field intensity due to surface charge.
Q6. State and prove Gauss’s law. Express Gauss’s law in both integral and differential forms.
Q9. A circular disk of radius ‘a’ is uniformly charged with rs C/m2. The disk lies on z = 0 plane with its axis
along the z-axis. Derive the expression for the electric field intensity at a point (0, 0, h).
Q10. An electric dipole of 100 atz pC-m is located at the origin. Find electric potential and the electric field
at a point (1, p/3, p/2).
Warning: Xerox/Photocopying of this book is a criminal act. Anyone found guilty is LIABLE to face LEGAL proceedings.
3.1 Electromagnetic waves and transmission line [JNTU-anantapur]
Unit
MAGNETOSTATICS
2 SI
A GROUP
Syllabus
Biot-Savart Law, Ampere’s Circuital Law and Applications, Magnetic Flux Density, Maxwell’s Two Equations for Magneto
static Fields, Magnetic Scalar and Vector Potentials, Forces due to Magnetic Fields, Magnetic dipole, Ampere’s Force Law,
Inductances and Magnetic Energy, Illustrative Problems.
Faraday’s Law and Transformer e.m.f, Inconsistency of Ampere’s Law and Displacement Current Density, Maxwell’s equations
for time varying fields, Maxwell’s Equations in Different Final Forms and Word Statements, Illustrative Problems.
Learning Objectives
Introduction
Magnetostatics is a branch of electromagnetic which involves the study of magnetic fields produced by steady currents. It
is the basic building block used for developing the theory of electrodynamics.
Magnetostatics plays a vital role in our day-to-day lives. It is widely used in diverse fields that involve the phenomenon of
magnetism. Most of these applications include the development of devices that exhibit magnetic properties as listed below,
{ Motors, memory storage devices, magnetic separators and compasses.
{ Microphones, telephone bell ringers, television focusing controls.
{ Advertising displays and transformers.
Warning: Xerox/Photocopying
Spectrum of All-in-one
this book is ajournal for
criminal act. engineering
Anyone found guilty is students
LIABLE to face LEGAL proceedings.
2.2 ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVES AND TRANSMISSION LINES [JNTU-ANANTAPUR]
Answer : (Oct./Nov.-20, (R15), Q1(c) | May/June-19, (R15), Q1(c) | May/June-18, (R15), Q1(c) | Model Paper-II, Q1(d))
Statement
Biot-Savart’s law states that the magnetic field intensity dH at a point ‘P’ due to a current element Idl is,
i.e., dH Idl.
(ii) Directly proportional to the sine of the angle between Idl and the line joining the point ‘P’ to the element.
i.e., dH sin .
(iii) Inversely proportional to the square of the distance between the point and the element.
1
i.e., dH .
R2
| Idl | sin
|dH| ...... (1)
| R |2
| Idl | sin
|dH|= A/m ... (2)
4 R 2
Ampere’s circuital law states that the line integral of magnetic field intensity ( H ) taken around a single closed loop is equal
to the current enclosed by that path.
Mathematically,
H .dl = I
Where,
Magnetic flux density can be defined as the magnetic flux lines per unit area. It is denoted by ‘B’ and its units are weber/m2
or Tesla.
WARNING : Xerox/Photocopying of this book is a CRIMINAL Act. Anyone found guilty is LIABLE to face LEGAL proceedings.
UNIT-2 (Magnetostatics) 2.3
Q4. List the Maxwell’s two equations for magnetostatic fields.
Answer : Model Paper-III, Q1(c)
. B =0
×H = J
Where,
H – Magnetic field intensity
J – Current density.
Q5. Define self-inductance.
Answer : Model Paper-I, Q1(d)
An inductance can be defined as an electrical parameter which is the ratio of total magnetic flux linkage () to the current (I).
i.e., Inductance, L = ... (1)
I
Where, magnetic flux linkage, = Number of turns in a coil × Total flux.
= N × .
Equation (1) becomes,
N
L=
I
Q6. Define Mutual inductance.
Answer : Model Paper-III, Q1(d)
Mutual inductance exists due to the magnetic interaction between the two coils placed side by side.
Mutual inductance between two coils can be defined as the ratio of the magnetic flux linkage (12 or 21) on one circuit due
to the other.
Mathematically,
12 N112
M12 =
I2 I2
or
21 N 2 21
M21 =
I2 I1
Q7. Give the magnetic vector potential A = x2 y aˆ x + y2x aˆ y – 4xyz aˆ z Wb/m, determine the magnetic flux
through a surface define by 0 x 1, – 1 y 4, z = 1.
Answer : May/June-15, (R13), Q1(d)
= B. ds
Where, B = A, ds = dx dy âz
aˆ x aˆ y aˆ z
A =
x y z
x2 y y 2 x – 4 xyz
2 2
= aˆx (–4 xyz) – ( y2 x) – aˆ y (–4 xyz) – ( x 2 y) aˆ z ( y x) – ( x y)
y z x z x y
1 4
= [– 4 xz aˆ x 4 yz aˆ y ( y 2 – x 2 ) aˆ z ]. dxdy aˆ z
0 –1
1 4
2
= (y – x 2 ) dxdy
0 –1
1 4
y3 2
3
0
= – x y dx
–1
1
43 1
= – 4 x 2 – x 2 dx
3 3
0
1
64 4 x 3 x x 3
= x – –
3 3 3 3 0
64 4 1 1
= – –
3 3 3 3
60
=
3
= 20
20 Wb
WARNING : Xerox/Photocopying of this book is a CRIMINAL Act. Anyone found guilty is LIABLE to face LEGAL proceedings.
UNIT-2 (Magnetostatics) 2.5
Q8. A circular loop consist of 25 turns of very tine Answer :
wire. The average radius of the loop is 20 cm Lorentz Force Equation
and it carries a current of 1.6 A. Find the Given that,
magnetic flux density at the centre of the loop magnetic vector potential,
along axial direction. 2
A = – 0.25 az Wb/m
Answer : May/June-16, (R13), Q1(c)
Given that,
=
2
m 0 z 5m
Number of turns, N = 25
Average radius, r = 20 cm Magnetic flux, = ?
Current, I = 1.6 A The expression of magnetic flux through a surface is
Magnetic flux density, B = ? given by,
Y= Bds
H
( A)ds ... (1)
I
A =– ( Az )aˆ
I
=– (0.252 )aˆ
= 0.25 × 2 â
B 0.5 aˆ
By substituting above value in equation (1),
N
I
5 2
Figure: Circular Loop of Fine Wire
The expression of magnetic flux density is given as, Y = [(0.5) d d aˆ
0
z
B = H
B = 0 r H [ r = 1, for free space] 5 2
B = 0 H = () d dz
0
0 NI NI
B= [ H = ] ... (1)
2r 2r 5 2
2
By substiting all the given value in equation (1),
= (0.5) 2 dz
0
7
0 4 10 H/ m
5
and r 0.20 m 1 3
= 2 2 dz
4 107 25 1.6 0
B=
2 0.20 3 5
= [ z ]0
4
B 4 10 4 Wb/ m 2
15
Q9. Given the magnetic vector potential A = – 0.25 Wb
4
2 aˆ z Wb/m, what would be the total magnetic
π
flux crossing the surface = , 2m, 0
2
z 5m?
May/June-16, (R13), Q1(d)
SPECTRUM ALL-IN-ONE JOURNAL FOR ENGINEERING STUDENTS
2.6 ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVES AND TRANSMISSION LINES [JNTU-ANANTAPUR]
dl
R
x P
Figure (i)
Equation (2) can also be written in vector form as,
Idl aR
dH =
4R 2
Idl R
= ... (3)
4R3
R
Where, aR =
|R|
The direction of magnetic field, dH is determined using right-hand rule. In this case, the thumb points towards the current
direction and the fingers towards magnetic field direction as illustrated in figure (ii).
Figure (ii)
WARNING : Xerox/Photocopying of this book is a CRIMINAL Act. Anyone found guilty is LIABLE to face LEGAL proceedings.
UNIT-2 (Magnetostatics) 2.7
Alternatively, Biot-Savart’s law can also be represented i.e.,
interms of surface and volume currents by assuming, Z
Idl K dS Jdv
Where, K – Surface current density R
J – Volume current density.
Za z
Therefore, Biot-Savart’s law can be mathematically
expressed in terms of distributed current sources as,
P
Idl aR O a
H= L
4R 2
- line current
Figure (iv)
From figure (iv), we get,
KdS a R R = – zaz + ap
H=
S
4R 2
- surface current The expression for magnetic field intensity (H) is given as,
I (dl R)
Jdv a R
H=
4R3
... (4)
H=
V
4 R 2
- volume current
Where,
Z
Let, z = cot
A dl B
O Z dz = – cosec2 d
1 2
Equation (5) becomes,
2
R I ( cosec 2 d ) a
H = 4 [
1
2
2 cot 2 ] 3 / 2
2
I 2 cosec 2 d
=
4 [
1
2
(1 cot 2 )] 3 / 2
a
H P
2
I 2 cosec 2 d
Figure (iii) = 4 3 (cos ec 2 )]3/2
a
It can be observed from figure (iii) that the current 1
carrying conductor (AB) is placed along the z-axis which makes
angles 2 and 1 at point ‘P’. 2 2
I 1 Ia
From figure (iii), =
4
1
cos ec
d . a =
4 sin . d
= 1 at point A 1
= 2 at point B
I
P (x, y, z) = P (0, 0, z) H= .a [cos 2 cos 1 ]
4
Since, I = zaz
dl = dz az
I
Moreover, the value of ‘R’ can be calculated by assuming H [cos 2 cos 1 ]a
the right-angled triangle ZOP, 4
Where,
I
H – Magnetic field intensity, A/m
I – Current enclosed, Amps.
Explanation
0 P
y Equation (1) represents Ampere’s circ u i t a l l a w i n
i n t e gral form. The magnetic field intensity ‘H’ can be deter-
Amperian path mined easily by using Ampere’s law, provided the current
x distribution should be symmetrical. But, the amperes, equation
remains valid regardless of current distribution i.e., whether it is
Figure: Ampere’s Law Applied to an Infinite Filamentary Line symmetrical or unsymmetrical , Ampere’s law sa tisfies i ts
Current equation. It is identical to Gauss’s law.
The general expression for magnetic field intensity (H) On applying stokes’s theorem to the left-hand side of
for a finite length conductor is, equation (1), we get,
H=
I
4
[cos2 – cos1] ... (1) Ienc = H .dl = ( H ).dS
L L
... (2)
On substituting the corresponding values in equation On comparing the surface integrals of equations (2) and
(1), we get, (3), we get,
I ×H=J ... (4)
H= [cos0° – cos180°] a
4 Equation (4) represents Ampere’s circuital law in differ-
ential (or point) form.
I Q14. State and prove Ampere’s circuital law. Discuss
= [1 – (– 1)] a
4 few applications for the same.
Answer :
I Ampere’s Circuital Law
H= a
2 For answer refer Unit-II, Q2.
Applications
I
H a ... (2) 1. To Find Magnetic Field Intensity at a Point P, due to
2 Infinite Line Current
For answer refer Unit-II, Q11.
2.2 AMPERE’S CIRCUITAL LAW AND
APPLICATIONS 2. To Find Magnetic Field Intensity ( H ) due to Infinite
Sheet of Current
Q13. State the ampere’s circuit law.
Infinite sheet of current lying along XY-plane i.e., Z = 0
(April/May-11, Set-1, Q2(b) | April/May-11, Set-2, Q2(b)) plane is as shown in the figure (2). Let the charge ‘Q’ is uniformly
distributed throughout the sheet so that the current density is
OR uniform throughout the sheet and it is given by,
State and explain Ampere’s circuital law. J = J y a y A/m ... (3)
WARNING : Xerox/Photocopying of this book is a CRIMINAL Act. Anyone found guilty is LIABLE to face LEGAL proceedings.
UNIT-2 (Magnetostatics) 2.9
Where, The generalization of above equations yields,
H .dl =
A
B
H .dl H .dl H .dl H .dl
C
D
r 2
I' = 2 I
R
r2
H .dl = 0(–a) + (–H)(–b) + 0(a) + H(b)
I' = 2 I ... (8)
R
H .dl = 2Hb ... (5)
Since the magnetic field intensity ( H ) of radius r is
From equations (1) and (3), we get, given by,
Jy b = 2Hb
H .dL = I'
1 Where, dL = rd
H= Jy ... (6)
2
r2
But, H = H ax H rd = I
2
R
[ The resultant of H has only x-component] 2
2
H rd = I r
1 2
R
H = J y ax (z > 0) 0
2
2 r2
1 d = I 2
= – J y ax
2
(z < 0) H'.r
0
R
WARNING : Xerox/Photocopying of this book is a CRIMINAL Act. Anyone found guilty is LIABLE to face LEGAL proceedings.
UNIT-2 (Magnetostatics) 2.11
Where, B Magnetic flux density.. Applying curl on both sides of equation (1), we get,
Units of magnetic flux density is Wb/m2. H = × (– Vm)
Equation (1) represents the point form or differential form
of Maxwell’s second equation. The integral form of equation (1) = – × Vm (× A = 0)
is given as, =0
H =0 ... (2)
B.dS = 0
S
... (2)
But, from Ampere’s circuital law,
This equation of Maxwell’s is also termed as ‘law of H = J ... (3)
conservation of magnetic flux’ or ‘Gauss’s law for magneto-
static fields’. From equations (2) and (3), we get,
Maxwell’s Fourth Equation J =0
Maxwell’s fourth equation states that, the closed integral i.e., the current density within the magnetic field is zero.
of the Magneto Motive Force (M.M.F) is equal to the surface
Hence, the concept of scalar magnetic potential is
integral of current density taken over the surface enclosed by
applicable only in the fields where no current carrying elements
the closed path.
exist. In other words, Vm is defined in the regions where no
i.e., H J ... (3) electric current flows.
Where, From Maxwell’s second equation,
H Magnetic field intensity, (units - A/m) .B = 0
J Current density, (units - A/m2)
.(H ) = 0
Equation (3) represents the point form or differential form
of Maxwell’s fourth equation. µ .H = 0
The integral form of equation (3) is given as, .H = 0
.(–Vm) = 0
H.dl = J.dS
L S –2Vm = 0
This Maxwell’s equation is also referred as ‘Ampere’s 2Vm = 0
law for magnetostatic fields’.
Hence, Vm also satisfies the Laplace equation (2 V = 0).
2.5 MAGNETIC SCALAR AND VECTOR Usefulness of Scalar Magnetic Potential
POTENTIALS
Scalar magnetic potential is used to find the magnetic
Q17. Explain the basis for magnetic scalar potential, field intensity (Using equation (1)) and hence the flux density
its utility and limitations.
(Using equation B H ). It is also used to plot the flux lines
Answer :
in the following areas of application,
Scalar Magnetic Potential (Vm)
(i) Permanent magnet applications (Where the current
Scalar magnetic potential (Vm) is defined as the negative carrying elements are not at all required).
of magnetic potential difference between any two points m and
n along the selected differential path (dI), (provided the current (ii) Magnetic circuits where, the area covered by the current
density in that particular region is zero). carrying elements is negligibly smaller when compared
with that of the magnetic field.
n
(iii) Magnetic circuits in which only a constant amount of
i.e., Vm = H .dI ; provided J = 0
m
direct current flows through the conductors. Because,
the current density within the field is zero except, in the
Scalar magnetic potential can also be defined as, conductor region.
H Vm ... (1) Limitations of Scalar Magnetic Potential
i.e., The scalar magnetic potential (Vm) is one, whose 1. Scalar magnetic potential is defined only in the regions
where no electric current flows i.e., where current density
negative gradient equals the magnetic field intensity ( H ).
does not exists.
Equation (1) is obtained from equation E Vm , on 2. Unlike electrostatic potential, it is not a conservative
applying the analogy between electrostatic and magnetostatic field. It means that, for each selected path between two
systems. points in the field, different values of Vm is obtained.
o kdS F = QE + Qu × B
A=
S
4R – Surface current F = Q[E + (u × B)] ... (4)
Equation (4) represents the Lorentz force equation which
o kdV provides a relation between mechanical force and electrical force.
A=
V
4R – Volume current Equation (6) can also be represented interms of surface
current elements and volume current elements as,
Units: Weber/Meter or Newton/Amp.
dF = KdS × B
2.6 FORCES DUE TO MAGNETIC FIELDS
Q19. What is the force experienced by a charge in a
magnetic field? Obtain Lorents force equation.
F= K.dS B
S
Answer :
And dF = JdV B
Magnetic force (Fm) specifies the magnetic field (B) at a
particular point in space. This field exerts force on moving
charged particles only.
F= J .dV B
V
Figure below illustrates a diagrammatic representation
of the direction of magnetic force which acts on a moving
charged particles.
L
F Idl B KdS B JdV B
S
V
Fm
Q20. Derive an expression for the magnetic force on
a current element. Mention its applications.
Answer :
B
The expression for the magnetic force on a current element
Idl can be determined using the expression representing the force
acting on a moving charge (Q) with velocity (u) in a magnetic
field (B).
i.e., Fm = Qu × B ... (1)
The relationship between the current elements is given as,
Idl = Kds = Jdv ... (2)
Figure: Direction of Magnetic Force
Where,
The expression for magnetic force (Fm) experienced by a
moving charge particle is given as, K is the surface current density (A/m).
WARNING : Xerox/Photocopying of this book is a CRIMINAL Act. Anyone found guilty is LIABLE to face LEGAL proceedings.
UNIT-2 (Magnetostatics) 2.13
The expression for the convection current (J) is given as, Q21. Write about the magnetic force experienced
between two current elements.
J = v u ... (3)
Answer :
Where, Figure below illustrates a diagrammatic representation
v - Electronic charge density of two current elements placed at a distance of ‘R’.
u - Average drift velocity. Current Current
element 1 element 2
On combining equation (2) and equation (3), we get, d(dF1)
I1dl1 I2dl2
R21
Idl = v udv = dQu
Moreover,
B1 B2
I1 I2
dQ dl
Idl = dl dQ dQu
dt dt
Figure: Force between Two Current Elements
From Biot-Savart’s law, both the current elements I1 dl1
Idl dQu ... (4) and I2 dl2 generate magnetic fields. The figure represents force
on current element1 due to the field of element2.
It can be observed from equation (4) that the conduction
current element Idl is equal to the elemental charge dQu. As a i.e., d(dF1) = I1dl1 × dB2 ...(1)
result, the force acting on a current element Idl in a magnetic The expression for differential magnetic field (dB2) is
field B can be determined easily by replacing Qu with Idl in given as,
equation (1). 0
dB2 = 2
( I 2 dl 2 a R 21 )
dF Idl B ... (5) 4R21
( From Biot-Savart’s Law) ... (2)
If current I moves along a closed path, the force acting
on the circuit is expressed as, On substituting equation (2) in equation (1), we get,
0
d(dF1) = I1dl1 ( I 2 dl2 a R 21 ) ... (3)
F Idl B
L
... (6)
2
4R21
The total force (F1) can be obtained by integr a t i n g
Equation (6) can also be represented interms of surface equa tion (3),
current elements and volume current elements as,
0 I1 I 2 dl 2 (dl 2 a R 21 )
dF = KdS × B i.e., F1= d (dF ) =1
4
L1 L2
2
R21
... (4)
F= K.dS B
S
Similarly, the force F2 on current element (2) due to the
element (1) is obtained as,
And dF = JdV B
0 I1 I 2 dl 2 ( dl1 a R12 )
i.e., F2= d (dF2 ) = 4 2
R12
F= J .dV B L1 L2
T = R × F (N.m) 1
R1 = – dy a y ... (3)
2
Considering a magnetic field B in which a differential
rectangular current loop is placed.The dimensions of the loop Therefore, the torque on side ‘1’ is given as,
are given as ‘dx’ and ‘dy’ in x-y plane with origin as centre. As
shown in figure. dT1 = R1 × dF1 ... (4)
Where dx – Side length of the loop in x - direction and dy Substituting equations (2) and (3) in equation (4), we
– Side length of the loop in y - direction. get,
Let ‘Bo’ be the magnetic field concentration at the ori-
gin, and uniformly distributed across the loop. The net force –1
resulting on the closed loop is nil. dT1 = dy a y × I dx ( Bo y a z – Bo z a y )
2
y
Magnetic field –1
= Idx dy ( Bo y a y × a z – Bo z a y × a y )
2
B
3
R3 –1
I dT1 = Idx dy ( Bo y a x ). ... (5)
I 2
0 x
4 2 dy Case (ii): Torque on side ‘3’
WARNING : Xerox/Photocopying of this book is a CRIMINAL Act. Anyone found guilty is LIABLE to face LEGAL proceedings.
UNIT-2 (Magnetostatics) 2.15
1 = (– dxdy I Bo y a x ) + (dxdy I Bo x a y )
= dy a y × (– Idx) ( Bo y a z – Bo x a y )
2
[ dT1 = dT3 dT2 = dT4 ]
1
dT3 = – Idxdy Bo y a x
2 d T = I dxdy ( Bo x a y – Bo y a x )
... (8)
Hence observing equations (5) and (8) , it is clear that d T = I dxdy [ a z × Bo ] ... (14)
the effect on both the sides is same. Therefore,
( Bo x a y – Bo y a x ) = a z × ( Bo x a x + Boy a y + B0 z a z )
1 1
dT1 + dT3 = [dxdy Bo y a x ] – [dxdy Bo y a x ]
2 2
The term (dxdy) a z is called as the ve ct or a r ea of
= – dxdy Bo y a x ... (9) di ffer e n tial current loop, which can be written as d s
–1 m IS a n . A . m 2
= dxdy I ( – Bo x a y )
2
Where,
1
dT2 = dxdy I Bo x a y ... (11) I – Current through the loop.
2
S – Area of the loop.
Case(iv) : Torque on side 4
Similar to the side ‘2’, the torque on side ‘4’ is an – Direction of the dipole moment
obtained as,
The torque of a loop can be determined using magnetic
1 dipole moment ( m ) as,
dT4 = dxdy I Bo x a y ... (12)
2
T m B N .m
dT2 + dT4 = dxdy I Bo x a y ... (13)
Mostly it is used to find the torque of planar loops,
Therefore, the total torque of a rectangular current loop where the magnetic field is uniformly distributed.
is the sum of the torques on all sides of the loop.
When the loop and magnetic field are perpendicular to
d T = dT1 + dT2 + dT3 + dT4 each other then the net force will be zero.
Q
E ar
4 0 r 2
2. The potential at point p(r, , ), due 2. The potential at some point due to a point charge
to a point charge situated at the origin “does not exist”
Q
V
40 r
3. The electric dipole can be represented by 3. The magnetic dipole can be represented using a
using two point charges seperated by ‘bar magnet’ or a small current loop.
some distance
4. The electric field ‘E’ due to dipole is given as, 4. The magnetic flux density due to dipole is
at some point ‘P’ given as,
Qd 0m
E= (2 cos ar + sin a) B= (2cos ar + sina)
4 0 r 3 4 r 3
5. The electric potential at point ‘p’ 5. The magnetic vector potential due to the
dut to dipole is given as, magnetic dipole is given as,
Q cos 0 m sin a
V= A=
4 0 r 2 4 r 2
Table
Q25. Determine the magnetic flux density ‘B’ due to a magnetic dipole.
Answer : Model Paper-III, Q4
A magnetic dipole which is referred as a small filamentary current loop. Let the loop carrier current ‘I’. Inorder to find the
effect of current loop at some point p(r,,) in terms of its magnetic field ‘B’, the following figure is considered.
Z
P(r, , )
a
dl
X
Figure
WARNING : Xerox/Photocopying of this book is a CRIMINAL Act. Anyone found guilty is LIABLE to face LEGAL proceedings.
UNIT-2 (Magnetostatics) 2.17
The magnetic vector potential due to the current loop at point ‘p’ is given as,
0 I dI
A=
4 r ... (1)
Where, ‘r’ is the distance between the centre of the loop to the point p(r,,) and let ‘a’ be the radius of the loop.
If r >> a, then the vector potential will be the function of ‘’ only.
0 Ia 2 sin a
Therefore, ‘A’ = ... (2)
4 r 2
(or)
0m ar
A=
4 r 2
The magnetic flux density ‘B’ can be obtained using the curl of vector ‘A’.
i.e., B = × A
0m
But, A= sin a
4r 2
ar ra r sin
1
Therefore, A = r
r 2 sin
0 0 r sin A
1 0 m sin 1 m sin
= ar . r sin . 2
2 r sin 0 2 ra
r sin
2 4r r sin r 4r
ar 0 m r m sin
= r 2 sin cos – a0 0 2
r sin 4 r 2
2
r 2 sin 4 r
0 m 0 m
= 3 2 cos ar + sin a
4 r 4 r 3
0m
B A (2 cos ar sin a )
4r 3
N
L= ... (2)
I
Equation (2) is valid only for linear magnetic media (or)
materials with constant permeability.
Toroid
Units
Inductance is usually measured in terms of Henry or
Weber-turn per ampere.
Inductance of a Solenoid
In solenoids, the magnetic lines of flux are concentrated
at its center as shown in figure (i).
B = Nl
‘I’ Current
Conductor
NI
– Permeability of material
Where, B – Magnetic field = N – Number of turns of the coil.
l
WARNING : Xerox/Photocopying of this book is a CRIMINAL Act. Anyone found guilty is LIABLE to face LEGAL proceedings.
UNIT-2 (Magnetostatics) 2.19
On substituting corresponding values in equation (6), b l
we get, 0I
=
a
2r
dl.dr
0
NI
= N. .r 2
2R b
0 Il
N 2 r 2 I = 2r dr
= ... (7) a
2R
b
On substituting equation (7) in equation (1), we get, 0 Il 1
=
2 r .dr
N 2 r 2 I a
L=
2 RI
0 Il
= ln( r )ba
N r 2 2 2
=
2R 0 Il
= ln(b) ln( a)
2
N 2 r 2
L ... (8)
2R 0 Il b
= . ln ... (10)
Inductance of a Co-axial Cable 2 a
Figure (iii) represents a co-axial cable with radii a and b. On substituting equation (10) in equation (9), we get,
I 0 Il b
L= . ln
2I a
0l b
= ln
2 a
Inner 0l b
conductor I length (l) L ln
2 a
Mutual Inductance
Outer
conductor Mutual inductance exists du e t o t h e m a g n e t i c
i n t e r a c tion between the two coils placed side by side. This
a
arrangement of coils is in such a manner that the flux produced
b by the current in one coil links the second coil as shown in
figure (iv).
WARNING : Xerox/Photocopying of this book is a CRIMINAL Act. Anyone found guilty is LIABLE to face LEGAL proceedings.
UNIT-2 (Magnetostatics) 2.21
= ax (8 + 0) – ay (4 + 3) + az (0 – 6)
0
aH = IdL × R = 8ax – 7ay – 6az ... (2) Figure (i)
Z
B
1
dl
5m R
A
3m
2 1
2 P
0
Figure (ii)
As the filament range is finite, it is said to finite length conductor,
R= x2 y2
= (1) 2 ( 2) 2
= 5m
1 3
And 1 = tan
5
= tan–1 (1.34)
= 53.30°
1 2
2 = tan
5
= tan–1 (0.89)
= 41.81°
The magnetic field intensity,
I
H = 4R [sin 2 sin 1 ]a
10 10
= (sin 41.81 sin(53.3)]a = [0.66 0.80]a
4 5 4 5
1 y 1 2
y-component of H, Hy = H .a y = 0.5225 (a.a y ) = 0.5225 (cos ) and = tan = tan = 63.43°
x 1
Hx = + 0.5225 (– sin 63.43°) = – 0.5225 (0.894) = – 0.467
Hy = 0.5225 (cos 63.43°) = 0.5225 (0.447) = 0.2337
WARNING : Xerox/Photocopying of this book is a CRIMINAL Act. Anyone found guilty is LIABLE to face LEGAL proceedings.
UNIT-2 (Magnetostatics) 2.23
(ii) z = – to Q30. The plane Y = 2 carries current density K = 30
az Amp/mt. Find the magnetic field intensity at
Filament representation extending from – to is
A(0, 0, 1) and B(1, 3, 2).
shown in figure (iii),
Answer :
Z Given that,
Filament Plane, y = 2
Current density of the sheet, K = 30 az Amp/mt
Magnetic field intensity, H at A(0, 0, 1) = ?
Y at B(1, 3, 2) = ?
The current carrying sheet is as shown in figure.
x y
–
Figure (iii)
x • z
y=2
As the range specified is infinite, it is called infinite long
straight conductor.
Figure: Current Sheet
The expression for magnetic field intensity vector is The magnetic field intensity, H of infinite sheet which
given as, carries current ‘K’ is given by,
I 1
H = 2R a H K an Amp/mt
2
Field Intensity at A(0, 0, 1)
R= (1) 2 ( 2) 2 = 1 4 = 5 m
For this case y = 0 which lies below y = 2 plane. Hence,
On substituting all values in H , we get, an = – ay .
1
10 H = 30a z a y
a = 0.7117 a A/m 2
H = 2 5
H = 15 ax ( az × ay = – ax)
Hx = H .a x = 0.7117 × a a x = – 0.7117 sin
H 15a x A/m
(from figure)
Field Intensity at B(1, 3, 2)
Hy = H .a y = 0.7117 × a a x = + 0.7117 cos
For this case y = 3 which lies above y = 2 plane. Hence
an = ay
x and y component of H are given as,
Hx = – 0.7117 sin 1
H= 30a z a y
2
= – 0.7117 sin 63.43°
= – 15 ax ( az × ay = – ax )
= – 0.6365
H 15a x A/m
And Hy = 0.7117 cos
= 0.7117 cos (63.43°) Q31. A surface current density K = 20 ax Amp/mt
flows in Y = 1 plane. Find the magnetic field
= 0.3183 inte n s i t y a t ( – 1, 3, 2).
Expression for H in cartesian coordinates, i.e., Answer :
Given that,
H = H x ax H y a y For the given surface,
Current density, K = 20 ax Amp/mt
H (0.6365)a x 0.3183a y A/m
Magnetic field intensity at (–1, 3, 2), H = ?
Figure
H The magnetic flux () passing through arc ds is equal to,
ds = B.ds
7.5 cm 2a
= x y B dx dy az ( ds = dx dy.az) ... (1)
6 cm
12 cm Substituting the value of B in equation (1), we get,
15 cm
10 3
r cos(104 t ).sin(0.1x)10 3 az dx dy a z
=
x 0 y 0
10 3
WARNING : Xerox/Photocopying of this book is a CRIMINAL Act. Anyone found guilty is LIABLE to face LEGAL proceedings.
UNIT-2 (Magnetostatics) 2.25
Integrating with respect to x, we get,
3 10
cos(0.1) x
–3
= 10 cos (10 t) 4
y 0
0.1
dy
0
y 3
cos(104 t )
= 103
0.1
( (cos(1) cos(0)))dy
y 0
= 10
3
(0.99 1) dy
cos 10 4 t
3
0.1 y 0
cos 104 t
3 3
= 10
0.1
(0.01) dy
y0
3
10 3 0.01cos(10 4 t )
=
0.1 dy
y0
[ t = 2 micro sec]
= 99.998 × 10 –6
dy
y 0
= 99.998 × 10–6 (3 – 0)
= 2.99 × 10–4
= 29.9 × 10–3
= 29.9 m webers
29.9m webers
1 9
=
J
0 0
y dx dz
1 9
2
= (y z 2 ) dx dz [From equation (1)]
0 0
1
9 2
0
0
= (1 z ) dx dz
[ y = 1]
1
2 9
= [ x z x ]0 dz
0
1
2
= [9 z
0
9 0 ] dz
1
= [9 z 2 9] dz
0
1
1 z3 1
= 9 1 z 2 dz = 9 z = 9 1 [0]
3 0 3
0
3 1 4 9 36
=9 = =
3 3 3
= 12 A
I 12 A
WARNING : Xerox/Photocopying of this book is a CRIMINAL Act. Anyone found guilty is LIABLE to face LEGAL proceedings.
UNIT-2 (Magnetostatics) 2.27
Q35. A current sheet K = 2.4 az A/m is present at the
Since, H consists only a component equation (2)
surface = 1.2 in free space. Find H for > 1.2.
Find scalar magnetic potential at (1.5, 0.6, 1), becomes,
if scalar magnetic potential is zero at = 0 and
2.88 1 Vm
barrier is at = . = [ From equation (1)]
Answer :
Given that, Vm = 2.88
Current sheet, k = 2.4 az A/m at = 1.2 m
Magnetic field intensity, H = ? for = 1.2
Vm = 2.88 d
Scalar magnetic potential, Vm = ? at (1.5., 0.6 , 1) Vm 2.88
Assuming a Gaussian surface > 1.2 as shown in figure. Vm at (1.5, 0.6, 1) is given as,
z Vm = 2.88 × (0.6) = 5.42
Vm 5.42
Q36. A wire is bent into the form of a square coil.
Each side of the coil has a length of 20 cm. The
= 12
coil carries a current of 10 Amps. The medium
x
is air. Find vector magnetic potential at the
centre of the coil.
Answer :
y
Given that,
Length of each coil side, L = 20 cm = 0.2 m
Figure
Coil current, I = 10 A
According to Ampere’s law, Medium air i.e., r = 1
Vector magnetic potential at centre of the coil, A = ?
H .dL = I enc
Since,
For the given problem,
Ienc = K × Circumference of the cylinder 2I
HL = an [ at the centre of coil] ... (1)
= K × 2 × L
M × 0 = Q (30 â y + 6 â x × B0 â z )
0 = Q (30 â y + 6B0( â x × â z ))
0 = 30 â y – 6B0 â y ( aˆ y aˆ z aˆ y )
30 â y = 6B0 â y
30
B0 =
6
=5
B0 5Wb/m2
Q38. A solenoid has 400 turns with a length of 2 m. It has a circular cross-section of 0.1 m2. Find its inductance.
Answer : Model Paper-II, Q5(a)
Given that,
For a solenoid,
Number of turns, N = 400
Length, l = 2 m
Area of cross-section, S = 0.1 m2
The inductance of a solenoid is given as,
0 N 2 S
L ... (1)
l
Substituting the corresponding values in equation (1), we get,
L 10.05 mH
WARNING : Xerox/Photocopying of this book is a CRIMINAL Act. Anyone found guilty is LIABLE to face LEGAL proceedings.
UNIT-2 (Magnetostatics) 2.29
Q39. A Toroid has air core and has a cross-sectional y
area of 10 mm2. It has 1000 turns and its mean
radius is 10 mm. Find its inductance.
Answer : Model Paper-II, Q5(b)
Given that,
I = 15 A
For a toroid air core, z
A(1, 0, 1) D(1, 0, 4)
Cross-sectional area, A = 10 mm2 = 10 × 10–6 m2
Number of turns, N = 1000
Mean radius, r = 10 mm = 10 × 10–3 m
B(3, 0, 1) C(3, 0, 4)
Inductance, L = ? x
4 10 7 (1000) 2 (10 10 6 )
L =
2 10 10 3 = 0 r H
L 0.2 mH
B = o H
Q40. A rectangular loop of wire in free space joins
points A(1, 0, 1) to B(3, 0, 1) to C(3, 0, 4) to D(1, 0, 15
B = 4 × 10–7 × ay
4) to A. The wire carries a current of 6 mA, 2 x
flowing in the aˆ z direction from B to C. A
filamentary current of 15 A flows along the
3 10 6
entire z-axis in the aˆ z direction. Find the total B= ay T
x
force on the loop.
Answer : May/June-15, (R13), Q4(b) The force along the side BC is obtained by line
integrating B along BC
Given that,
A rectangular loop of wire is in free space joining the
points A(1, 0, 1), B(3, 0, 1) to C(3, 0, 4), D(1, 0, 4).
i.e., F BC = i B d L
z4
3 10 6 Total force, F total = F AB F BC F CD F DA ... (2)
F BC = – 6 × 10–3
z 1
3
(a y a z )dz
F CD = i B d L
4
dz
= – 6 × 10–3 × 3 × 10–6 3 (a ) x
= –6 × 10–3
x 1
3 10 6
z 1 x a y dx ax
x 3
[ a y a z = ax ]
x 1
dx
z
4 = –6 × 10–3 × 3 × 10–6 x (a ) z
= –18 × 10–9 3 ax x 3
1
( a y a x = a z )
9
18 10
= [4 1]a x 1
3 = 18 ×10–9 [lnx] 3 a z
= –18 × 10–9 ax
= 18 × 10–9 [ln(1) – ln(3)] a z
= 18a x nN = 18 × 10–9 [0 – 1.0986] az
AB ranges from x = 1 to x = 4
F DA = i B d L
z 1
3 106
x 3 6 = – 6 × 10–3 x a y dz az
3 10
z 4
F AB = –6 × 10–3
x 1
x
a y (dx a z )
z 1
dz
= – 6 × 10–3 × 3 × 10–6 x a x
x3 z 4
dx
= –6 × 10–3 × 3 × 10–6
x 1
x
(ax ) ( a y a z = ax )
Along the side DA the value of x is ‘1’.
[ a y a z = ax ]
z 1
dz
x 3
1
F DA = – 18 × 10–9 1
ax
= – 18 × 10–9
x 1
x
dx a x z4
1
= –18 × 10–9 [ z ]4 a x
x3
= – 18 × 10–9 [lnx ] x1 a x = –18 × 10–9 [1 – 4] ax
= 54 × 10–9 ax = 54 ax nN
= – 18 × 10–9 [ln(3) – ln(1)] ax
F DA 54a x nN
= – 18 × 10–9[1.0986 – 0] ax
On substituting these values in equation (2), we get,
= – 19.775 × 10–9 ax
F total = [19.775 a x ] [ 18a x ] [ 19.775 a z ] [54 a x ] nN
WARNING : Xerox/Photocopying of this book is a CRIMINAL Act. Anyone found guilty is LIABLE to face LEGAL proceedings.
UNIT-2 (Magnetostatics) 2.31
Q41. A thin ring of radius 5 cm is placed on plane z = 1 cm so that its center is at (0, 0, 1) cm. If the ring
carries 50 mA along aˆ , find the magnetic field intensity at (0, 0, – 1) cm.
Answer : May/June-16, (R13), Q4(b)
Given that,
I = 50 mA
r = 5 cm
z = 1 cm (0, 0, – 1) z = (1 1)2 = 4 2 cm
The magnetic field intensity expressed as,
Ir 2
ˆ
H 2(r 2 z 2 )3/2 az
=
50 10–3 (5 10 2 )2
3
aˆ z
=
2 (5 10–2 )2 (2 10 –2 )2 2
H = 0.4 aˆ z A/m
Q42. Evaluate both sides of stokes theorem for the field H = 6xy aˆ x – 3y2 aˆ y A/m and the rectangular path
around the region, 2 x 5, – 1 y 1, z = 0.
Answer : May/June-16, (R13), Q5(a)
Given that,
2
H = 6xy aˆ x 3 y aˆ y A/m
Where,
2x5
– 1 – y 1
Z=0
According to stokes theorem,
( A) d s = A.dL
S L
( H ). dS
S
= H .dL
L
For L.H.S
H .dS
S
aˆ x aˆ y aˆ z
H = x y z
6 xy –3 y 2 0
H = For R.H.S
aˆ x 3 y 2 – aˆ y 6 xy aˆ z 6 xy 3 y 2
z z y x
H .dL = .H
L
{dL = dx dy}
H = aˆ z y 6 xy aˆ z 6 x H H
.H = x x y y
ds = dx dy aˆ z = (6 xy ) (6 xy – 3 y 2 )
x y
1 2 = 6x
H . dS = H
–1 5
dx dy aˆ z
S
H .dL = 6x dL
L L
1 5
= aˆ 6 x dx dy aˆ
1 2
z z
1 5
= 6x dx dy
–1 2
1 5
= 6x dx dy 2 5
1 2 6x2
aˆ z .aˆ z 1
=
1
2
2
dy
1 5 1
x2
= 6 2 dy
2
= 63 dy
–1 1
1
1 = 63 y 1
2 2
= 3[5
1
2 ] dy
= 63[1 + 1]
= 63 dy H .dL
L
= 126 ... (2)
1
From (1) and (2)
= 63[ y]11
H .dS = H . dL
S L
WARNING : Xerox/Photocopying of this book is a CRIMINAL Act. Anyone found guilty is LIABLE to face LEGAL proceedings.
UNIT-2 (Magnetostatics) 2.33
N 2 N1
=
t
N 2 N 1
= V
t
The above equation can be written in differential form as,
d ( N) d
e= N V
dt dt
Since, then induced e.m.f (e) sets up a current in the direction opposing a negative sign is given to it (by Lenz law).
d
e= N
dt
Lenz’s Law
Statement
“Lenz’s law states that the direction of induced e.m.f is always such that it tends to establish a current which opposes the
change of flux responsible for inducing that e.m.f”.
Explanation
According to Faraday’s law of electromagnetic induction, an e.m.f is induced in the conductor or coil when the magnetic
flux linking the coil changes with time.
d
e=N ... (1)
dt
Where,
N – Number of turns of the coil
d
– Change in flux with respect to time.
dt
On closing the circuit, a current starts flowing in the coil. The direction of this induced e.m.f and induced current is given
by Lenz’s law. According to this law, the induced current develops a flux which always opposes the change responsible for
inducing this current.
Lenz’s law can be represented mathematically by placing a negative sign on the R.H.S of equation (1) (i.e., induced e.m.f)
Hence, the magnitude and direction of the induced e.m.f in accordance with the Faraday’s law and Lenz’s law is given by,
d
e = –N
dt
Q44. Write short notes on transformer EMF.
Answer :
When a stationary conductor is placed in the vicinity of time varying field, produced by the time varying current (or charges),
an e.m.f is induced in the conductor, according to Faraday’s law. This induced e.m.f is called as statically induced e.m.f. It is so called
because, there is no physical movement between the conductor and source producing the field (i.e., electromagnet). The e.m.f
induced in a transformer is the best example of statically induced e.m.f.
The statically induced e.m.f can be expressed by the integral form of Faraday’s law as,
B
e = E dL = – t d s
For remaining answer refer Unit-III, Q3.
OR
What is the inconsistency of Ampere’s law?
Answer :
Ampere’s force law fails to explain the divergence of current density in case of time varying fields.
From ampere’s law,
H =J ... (1)
Applying divergence on both sides of equation (1), we get,
Id
Figure
Let,
Id = Current through the capacitor
t = Separation between the plates
= Permittivity of the dielectric
A = Area of cross-section
Q = Amount of charge stored.
dQ dV
Id = =C [ Q = CV] ... (2)
dt dt
But, C is also given as,
A
C= ... (3)
t
SPECTRUM ALL-IN-ONE JOURNAL FOR ENGINEERING STUDENTS
2.36 ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVES AND TRANSMISSION LINES [JNTU-ANANTAPUR]
εA dE
Id = t
t dt
AdE
Id =
dt
Id AdE
Jd = =
A Adt
dE dD
Jd = = [ D E ]
dt dt
Where,
D = Electrical displacement vector.
dD
J
dt
Q47. Distinguish between conduction current and displacement current with examples.
OR
Differentiate conduction and displacement current densities.
Answer :
Displacement Current Density Conduction Current Density
1. It is defined as the displacement current at given 1. It is defined as the convection current at a
point passing through a unit surface area given point, passing through a unit surface
when the surface is normal to the direction of area normal to the direction of current.
displacement current. It is denoted by JD. It is denoted by Jc.
2. Displacement current results when the 2. Conduction current results in the conductors
current flows through the insulating medium. in the presence of electric field.
3. Displacement current density is given by, 3. Conduction current density is given by,
D Ic
Jd = . Jc = = E .
t A
4. Displacement current is greater when compared 4. Conduction current is greater when
to conduction current in a dielectric medium. compared to displacement current in a
conductor.
5. Displacement current density is proportional to 5. Conduction current density is proportional to the
the derivative of electric displacement. conduction current and inversely proportional to
to the electric field intensity. the surface area (or) it is proportional to the
product of conductivity () and electric field
intensity ( E ).
6. Example: Current flowing through conductors 6. Example: Current flowing through capacitor
and resistors. and all imperfect conductors.
WARNING : Xerox/Photocopying of this book is a CRIMINAL Act. Anyone found guilty is LIABLE to face LEGAL proceedings.
UNIT-2 (Magnetostatics) 2.37
2.12 MAXWELL’S EQUATIONS FOR TIME VARYING FIELDS, MAXWELL’S EQUATIONS IN DIFFERENT
FINAL FORMS AND WORD STATEMENTS
Q48. Express the Maxwell’s equations in differential and integral forms for sinusoidal time-varying fields.
Q6(a) | June-14, Q4(a)
Answer :
Maxwell’s Equations for Time Varying Fields in Differential Form or Point Form
1. Maxwell’s first equation is,
. D = v
2. Maxwell’s second equation is,
. B=0
3. Maxwell’s third equation is,
B
×E=
t
4. Maxwell’s fourth equation is,
D
H = J
t
Maxwell’s Equations for Time Varying Fields in Integral Form
1. Maxwell’s first equation is,
D.ds = dvv
v
B.ds = 0
S
D
H.dI = J t .ds
l s
D.ds
s v
v dv
.B 0
Where,
B = Magnetic flux density, Wb/m2
(iii) Maxwell’s Third Equation
Statement
Maxwell’s third equation states that “the curl of electric field intensity is negative of time rate of change of magnetic flux
density”.
In the other words, the induced EMF is proportional to the inflow of magnetic current passing through a bounded surface.
B
i.e., E .dI t .dS
L
D
Mathematically, H.dL t J dS
L s
D
D×H=J+
t
Q50. List all the Maxwell’s equations for time varying fields.
Answer :
Maxwell’s equations are a set of four differential equations that describes the properties of electric and magnetic fields.
These equations are derived from Ampere’s circuital law, Faraday’s law and two equations are derived from Gauss’s law. These
equations are of utmost importance and together with Lorentz force equation, boundary and continuity equations form the
complete basic laws for analyzing electromagnetic problems.
The Maxwell’s equations in both the point and integral form are listed in the tabular column below.
Name of the Law Point Form Integral Form
B B
Faraday’s law E
t
E.dl t .ds
s s
D D
Ampere’s circuital law H J
t
H .dl J t .ds
s
WARNING : Xerox/Photocopying of this book is a CRIMINAL Act. Anyone found guilty is LIABLE to face LEGAL proceedings.
UNIT-2 (Magnetostatics) 2.39
REPEATED
3
TIMES
Ans: Refer Q1. (Oct./Nov.-20, (R15), Q1(c) | May/June-19, (R15), Q1(c) | May/June-18, (R15), Q1(c))
REPEATED
3
TIMES
Ans: Refer Q13. (May/June-19, (R15), Q5(b) | April/May-11, Set-1, Q2(b) | April/May-11, Set-2, Q2(b))
Q3. A circular loop consist of 25 turns of very tine wire. The average radius of the loop is 20 cm and it
carries a current of 1.6 A. Find the magnetic flux density at the centre of the loop along axial direction.
Q5. Define Torque. Determine the magnetic torque on a current carrying loop.
Q6. A rectangular loop of wire in free space joins points A(1, 0, 1) to B(3, 0, 1) to C(3, 0, 4) to D(1, 0, 4) to
A. The wire carries a current of 6 mA, flowing in the direction from B to C. A filamentary current of 15
A flows along the entire z-axis in the direction. Find the total force on the loop.
Q7. A thin ring of radius 5 cm is placed on plane z = 1 cm so that its center is at (0, 0, 1) cm. If the ring
carries 50 mA along atρ , find the magnetic field intensity at (0, 0, – 1) cm.
Q9. Define and drive the displacement current and its density.
Warning: Xerox/Photocopying of this book is a criminal act. Anyone found guilty is LIABLE to face LEGAL proceedings.
Unit-3 (EM Wave Characteristics-I) 3.1
Unit
EM Wave Characteristics-I
3 SI
A GROUP
Syllabus
EM WAVE CHARACTERISTICS-I Boundary Conditions of Electromagnetic fields: Dielectric-Dielectric
and Dielectric-Conductor Interfaces, Wave Equations for Conducting and Perfect Dielectric Media, Uniform Plane Waves –
Definition, All Relations between E & H, Sinusoidal Variations, Wave Propagation in Lossless and Conducting Media, Conductors
& Dielectrics – Characterization, Wave Propagation in Good Conductors and Good Dielectrics, Polarization, Illustrative Problems.
Learning Objectives
C Propagation of uniform plane wave in lossy dielectrics, lossless dielectrics, free space, wave propagation in good
conductors
C
All Relations between E & H, Sinusoidal Variations for a uniform plane wave
Introduction
Uniform plane waves propagate in bounded regions consisting of several media with different parameters. The first section
deals with analysis of Maxwell’s equations to derive equations of EM waves propagating in free space, perfect dielectric,
lossy dielectric and perfect or good conductor.
Q1. Define electromagnetic waves (or) EM waves. Q5. Find the velocity of a plane wave in a loss less
Ans: medium with er = 4 and mr = 1?
Ans: (Model Paper-3, Q1(f) | May/June-18, (R15), Q1(h))
Electromagnetic (EM) waves can be defined as the waves
Given that,
produced by the variations in electric and magnetic fields aligned
perpendicular to each. For a plane wave,
Relative permittivity, er = 4
Q2. Write the wave equations for conducting and
Relative permeability, mr = 1
perfect dielectric media.
Velocity of plane wave = ?
Ans: Model Paper-3, Q1(e)
Velocity of a plane wave in loss less medium is given
Wave Equations for Conducting Media by,
1
The wave equations for conducting medium are, v = ... (1)
µε
2
2 E 2E
1. 4 2 E = µε + µσ Since, e = e0er and m = m0mr
2 2t
2t
2 Equation (1) can be written as,
2 H 2H
2. 4 2 H = µε 2 + µσ 1
2t 2t v =
µ 0 µ r .ε 0 ε r
Wave Equations for Perfect Dielectric Media
v0 SRS 1 WVW
The wave equations for perfect dielectric medium are, v = SSa v0 = W
µr εr S µ 0 ε 0 WW
T X
∂2E
1. ∇ 2 E = µε Substituting corresponding values in above equation,
∂t 2
velocity is obtained as,
∂2H
2. 2
∇ H = µε 3×108
∂t 2 v = [Q Velocity of light = 3 × 108 m/s]
4×1
Q3. What are good conductors and good dielectrics? 3×108
=
Ans: 4
Good Conductors ` v = 1.5×108 m/s
In electromagnetic waves, the materials for which Q6. In free space, measurements field intensity
σ H = 0.2 cos(ωt – βx) aˆ z A/m. Find the total power
>> 1 are known as good conductors.
ωε
passing through a circular disk of radius 5 cm
Good Dielectrics
on plane x = 1.
In electromagnetic waves, the materials for which
σ Ans: (Model Paper-1, Q1(f) | May/June-15, (R13), Q1(h))
<< 1 are known as good dielectrics.
ωε Given that,
Q4. Write the boundary conditions of E&H between
Magnetic field intensity, H = 0.2 cos(ωt – βx) â z
dielectric 1 to dielectric 2 mediums.
Radius of circular disk, r = 5 cm
Ans: Oct./Nov.-20, (R15), Q1(f)
Total power, Pt = ?
The boundary conditions of E & H between dielectric 1 The expression for total power Pt is given as,
to dielectric 2 mediums,
Pt = ∫P avg . ds ... (1)
∂2E
∇ 2 E = µε ... (1) T
∂t 2 1
Where, Pavg =
T ∫ P. dt , ds = dy dz â x
∂2E 0
∇ 2 H = µε ... (2)
∂t 2 And P = E × H
Warning: Xerox/Photocopying of this book is a criminal act. Anyone found guilty is LIABLE to face LEGAL proceedings.
Unit-3 (EM Wave Characteristics-I) 3.3
The vector can be obtained as, Q8. Give the relationship between E and H.
(or)
P = η(0.2) cos(ωt – βx) â y × 0.2 (cos ωt – βx) â z
Define intrinsic impedance.
= η(0.2)2 cos2(ωt – βx) â x Ans:
µ Intrinsic impedance or characteristic impedance is
= × (0.2)2 cos2(ωt – βx) â x
ε defined as the ratio of amplitudes of electric and magnetic fields
(E and H) in a uniform plane wave. This is inturn equal to the
4π × 10 –7 square root of ratio of permeability and dielectric constant of
= × (0.2)2 cos2(ωt – βx) â x the medium.
8.854 × 10 –12
E µ
= 376.73 × (0.2)2 cos2(ωt – βx) â x i.e., = =η
H ε
= 15.06 cos2(ωt – βx) â x This equation gives the relationship between E and H.
Q9. Write the wave equations in phasor form.
The average value of P ,Pavg can be calculated as,
Ans:
1
T
1
2π The phasor notation for wave equations in free space is
∫ P. dt = 2π ∫15.06 cos
2
Pavg = (ωt – β x) dωt given as,
T 0
0
∇ 2 H = – ω2µ0Î0 H
2π
15.06 1 + cos 2(ωt – βx) ∇ H = – ω2µ0Î0 E
2
=
2π ∫
0
2
. dω t
The phasor notation for wave equations in conducting
medium is given as,
2π
15.06 sin 2(ω t – β x)
= ωt + ∇ 2 H = (– ω2µÎ + j ωµσ) E
4π 2
0
∇ 2 H = (– ω2µε + jωµσ) H
sin 2(2π – β x) sin 2 β x
= 1.198 2π + + Q10. In a lossless dielectric medium for which the
2 2
intrinsic impedance is half of that of free space
sin 2 β x sin 2 β x and its relative permeability is unity. If the
= 1.198 2π – +
2 2 magnetic field intensity with unity amplitude
= 7.53 has y-directed component, calculate the relative
permittivity of the medium.
∴ Pavg = 7.53 â x Ans:
On substituting the corresponding values in equation (1), Given that,
we get, For a lossless dielectric medium
Relative permeability, µr = 1
∫
Pt = 7.53 aˆ x . dydz aˆ x = 7.53 dydz ∫ 1
Intrinsic impedance, η = [Intrinsic impedance of free
= 7.53 S = 7.53 π(r2) 2 space]
= 7.53 × π × (0.05)2
Relative permittivity, εr = ?
= 0.0591
The expression of intrinsic impedance is given as,
∴ Pt = 0.0591 watts
µ
η =
ε
Q7. What is a uniform plane wave?
µ0
Ans: (Model Paper-2, Q1(e) | May/June-19, (R15), Q1(h)) ∴ Intrinsic impedance of free space, η0 =
ε0
The Electromagnetic (EM) waves for which the electric
From equestion we know that,
and magnetic field vectors lie in the same plane such that their
1
values are same (uniform) throughout the plane are termed as η = η0
2
uniform plane waves.
µ 1 µ0
⇒ =
ε 2 ε0
µ0µ r 1 µ0 µ = µ0 µ r and
⇒ = ε = ε ε
ε0 ε r 2 ε0 0 r
µ0 µr 1 µ0
⇒ =
ε0 εr 2 ε0
µr 1
⇒ =
εr 2
µr 1
⇒ =
εr 4
⇒ εr = 4 mr [Q µr = 1]
∴ εr = 4
Q11. Define skin depth or depth of penetration. (Model Paper-1, Q1(e) | May/June-17, (R15), Q1(e))
(or)
Define depth of penetration or skin depth. April/May-11, Set-2, Q5(a)(iv)
Ans:
1
The depth with which an EM wave attenuates to or 37% of its original value is referred to as depth of penetration or
e
skin depth. It is denoted by the symbol ‘δ’.
1
i.e., δ = α
Where,
α – Attenuation constant.
Q12. What is meant by polarization of wave? List the different types of polarizations.
(or)
Define polarization. (Model Paper-2, Q1(f) | Oct./Nov.-20, (R15), Q1(g))
Warning: Xerox/Photocopying of this book is a criminal act. Anyone found guilty is LIABLE to face LEGAL proceedings.
Unit-3 (EM Wave Characteristics-I) 3.5
E t1 = 0 ; Dn1 = ρ s
∴
Bn1 = 0 ; J s = H t 1 × n
3.2 Wave Equations for conducting and Perfect Dielectric Media, Uniform Plane Waves
Definition, all Relations Between E and H, Sinusoidal Variations
Q14. Differentiate conductor and dielectric.
Ans:
The differences between conductor and dielectric are mentioned below,
Conductors Insulators
1. It is a material or an object that allows the flow of 1. It is a material or an object that does not allow flow
electrons. of electrons.
2. In conductors there is high electrical conductivity. 2. In insulators there is poor electrical conductivity.
3. Effective number of electrons is very large. 3. Effective number of electrons is zero.
4. The number of valence electrons in conductor are 4. The number of valence electrons are greater than 4.
less than 4.
5. The conduction is by the electrons. 5. There is no current in insulators.
6. It has positive temperature coefficient of resistivity. 6. It has negative temperature coefficient of resistivity.
7. Examples: Metals, Aluminium, Sodium, Copper, 7. Examples: Rubber, Plastic, Ceramics, Glass, etc.
Gold, Silver, etc.
Warning: Xerox/Photocopying of this book is a criminal act. Anyone found guilty is LIABLE to face LEGAL proceedings.
Unit-3 (EM Wave Characteristics-I) 3.7
Q15. Derive the wave equations for conducting 2
2 B 2B
medium, perfect dielectric medium and free =–e –σ
2t 2 2t
space.
[Q From equation (2)]
Ans: Model Paper-3, Q6 2
6a B = µH @
2 H 2H
Wave Equations for Conducting Medium Þ ∇ × (∇ × H ) = – µε 2
– µσ
2t
2t
In conductors, the net flow of charge is zero. Thus, for 2
2 H 2H
a uniform conducting medium charge density is zero. Þ ∇ 2 H − ∇(∇.H ) = µε – µσ ... (7)
2 2t
i.e., ∇ . D = ρv = 0 2t
∂2E ∂2 f ∂2 f ∂2 f
∇ 2 E = µ 0ε 0 ... (13)
Q ∇ 2 f = + +
∂t 2 ∂x 2 ∂y 2 ∂z 2
Here,
As the wave travels only in z-direction, the above
µ0 – Permeability of free space equation becomes,
ε0 – Permittivity of free space.
∂2E ∂2E ∂E ... (10)
Equations (12) and (13) represent the wave equations = µε + µσ
2 ∂t 2 ∂t
∂z
for free space.
Similarly equation (8) can be reduced as,
Q16. Define a uniform plane wave and establish the
wave equations for conducting medium. ∂2H ∂2H ∂H
= µε + µσ ... (11)
Ans: ∂z 2 2 ∂t
∂t
Uniform Plane Waves Thus, equations (10) and (11) represent the wave
The electromagnetic (EM) waves for which the electric equations for uniform plane waves in conducting medium.
and magnetic field vectors lie in the same plane such that their Q17. Prove that E and H are perpendicular to each
values are same (uniform) throughout the plane are termed as other in uniform plane wave.
uniform plane waves. Ans:
Properties
In uniform plane wave, characteristics are uniform
The characteristics of E-H fields in uniform plane wave throughout the plane. The electric and magnetic fields in it are
are, perpendicular to the direction of propagation.
(i) There are no electric and magnetic field components in To prove E and H are perpendicular to each other,
the direction of propagation of uniform plane wave. Let, E = Em cos (ωt – βz) ux
(ii) It has components of E and H only in the direction H can be find out by applying Faraday’s law,
perpendicular to its direction of propagation.
ux uy uz
Figure illustrates a uniform plane wave with field vectors −∂B ∂ ∂ ∂
Þ ∇ × E = =
E and H . ∂t ∂x ∂y ∂z
E cos(ωt − βz ) 0 0
m
− ∂B ∂
Þ = [ Em cos(ωt − βz )]u y Q ∂ (E ) = 0
∂t ∂z ∂y
= –βEm sin(ωt – βz)uy
− β Em
Þ –B = cos(ωt − βz )u y
ω
β Em
Þ B = cos(ωt – βz)uy
ω
Since,
B
Figure: Uniform Plane Waves B = µ0H ⇒ H =
The electric and magnetic field vectors lie in the x-y
µ0
For remaining answer refer Unit-3, Q15, Topic: Wave It is seen that E is in X-direction and H is in Y-direction,
Equations for Conducting Medium. E and H are thus perpendicular to each other.
Warning: Xerox/Photocopying of this book is a criminal act. Anyone found guilty is LIABLE to face LEGAL proceedings.
Unit-3 (EM Wave Characteristics-I) 3.9
∂2H
Y
∇ 2 H = µ0 ε0 ... (4)
∂t 2
H Equation (3) can be written as,
X
Z ∂2 f ∂2 f ∂2 f
Q ∇ 2 f = + +
∂x 2 ∂y 2 ∂z 2
As E is independent of x and y and the wave travels in
Figure
z-direction, equation (5) gets reduced to the form,
To show E and H are in phase and having constant
magnitude, ∂2E ∂2E
= µ0 ε0
dEx ∂z 2 ∂t 2
Let, = –jωµ0Hy
dz
∂2E 1 ∂2E
1 β ⇒ = ... (6)
Hy = (− jβ) E x e − jβz = E x e − jβz × ∂t 2 μm0eε 0 ∂z 2
jωµ 0 ωµ 0 0 0
SRS V
2π WW ∂2E ∂2E 1
2π S β W
Hy = E e − jβ z
SS a =
λ WW ⇒ = v2 Q v =
∂t 2 ∂z 2
x
λ.2πf .µ 0 S W µm0εe0
S ω = 2π f W o o
T X
1 Where,
ε0
=
= E x e − jβz c = lf = µε v – Velocity.
µ0
Similarly equation (4) gets reduced to the form,
ε0 ∂2H 1 ∂2H
∴ Hy (z, t) = E x cos(ωt − βz ) =
µ0 ∂t 2 µ 0 ε 0 ∂z 2 ... (7)
Here,
η – Intrinsic impedance or characteristic impedance.
The above relation can be proved from Maxwell’s equations assuming σ = 0
From Maxwell’s equation, we have,
∂D
∇ × H =
∂t
Warning: Xerox/Photocopying of this book is a criminal act. Anyone found guilty is LIABLE to face LEGAL proceedings.
Unit-3 (EM Wave Characteristics-I) 3.11
∂E
⇒ ∇ × H = ε [a D = e.E ]
∂t
∂H ∂H y ∂H ∂H z ∂H y ∂H ∂E ∂E y ∂E
⇒ ax z − + ay x − + az − x =ε x ax + a y + z az ... (2)
∂y ∂z
∂z ∂x ∂x ∂y ∂t ∂t ∂y
∂2H
⇒ ∇ × E = −µ [Q B = μ H ]
∂t 2
∂E ∂E y ∂E ∂¶2 H x ∂H ∂H z
∂E ∂E y ∂E x
⇒ ax z − + a y x − z + az − =–µ ax + ay + az ... (3)
∂y ∂z ∂z ∂x ∂x ∂y
∂t ∂t ∂t
∂H y ∂E yx
= – ε ... (7)
∂z ∂t
∂H x ε∂E y
= ... (8)
∂z ∂t
From the general solution of uniform plane wave, we have,
∂E x ∂F ( z − ct ) ∂ ( z − ct )
= . [Q E = F(z – ct)]
∂t ∂ ( z − ct ) ∂t
∂E x ∂F (−c)
Þ = ... (9)
∂t ∂ ( z − ct )
On substituting equation (9) in equation (7), we get,
∂H y ∂F ( z − ct )
= (cε)
∂z ∂ ( z − ct )
∂F ( z − ct ) ∂F ( z − ct ) 1
⇒ H y = cε ∫ dz = cε ∫ × dz = cε F (z – ct)
∂ ( z − ct ) ∂z ∂ ( z − ct )
∂z
H y = cε E x
Hy 1
<a c = F
⇒ = .ε 1
Ex µε me
Hy ε
∴ = –
Ex µ
Ex µ
⇒ = ... (10)
Hy ε
ax ay az ∇ × E = – jw B ... (5)
E × H = E Ey Ez
x ∇.D = ρv ... (6)
Hx Hy Hz
∇.B = 0 ... (7)
= a x [ E y H z – H y E z ] – a y [ E x H z – H x Due to sinusoidal variations the wave equations for loss
less medium and conducting medium becomes,
Ez ] + az [ Ex H y – E y H x ]
∇ 2 E = – ω2 µε E [For lossless medium]
= 0 – 0 + az [ Ex H y – E y H x ]
4 2 E + (ω 2 µε – jωµσ) E = 0 [For conducting medium]
Warning: Xerox/Photocopying of this book is a criminal act. Anyone found guilty is LIABLE to face LEGAL proceedings.
Unit-3 (EM Wave Characteristics-I) 3.13
Similarly,
3.3 Wave Propagation in L ossless and
Conducting Media, Conductors and ∇ H = γ H
2 2
... (6)
Dielectrics – Characterization, Wave The propagation constant is also written as,
Propagation in Good Conductors and g = a + jb ... (7)
Good Dielectrics Where,
Q23. Derive the expression for α and β for a general α – Attenuation constant.
medium with µ, ε and σ. Model Paper-3, Q7(a)
β – Phase constant
(or)
Since, from equation (5),
What is meant by wave propagation? Derive the
γ2 = jµω (σ + jωε)
expressions for α, β and γ in a lossy dielectric
⇒ g2 = jµωσ – ω2µε ... (8)
medium.
⇒ (α + jβ) = α – β + 2j α β
2 2 2
... (9)
Ans:
On equating the real and imaginary parts of equations
Wave Propagation (8) and (9), we get,
Wave propagation basically refers to the ways in which a2 – β2 = – ω2µε ... (10)
a wave can travel. The propagation of wave can be generally And, 2 α β = ωµσ ... (11)
illustrated for a lossy dielectric medium wherein the progress The relation between (α – β ) and 2 α β can be given
2 2
= – jµω(σ + jωε) E
= d1 + s2 2 n + 1 G
[Q From equation (3)] me 2
2 w e
2
⇒ − ∇ E + ∇(∇.E ) = − jµω(σ + jωε ) E
If a uniform plane, wave travels in z-direction, then
[Q ∇ × (∇ × A ) = −∇ 2 A + ∇(∇. A )] equation (4) can be written as,
∂2E
⇒ – ∇ 2 E = – jµω(σ + jωε) [Q ∇.E = 0] = γ2 E ... (15)
∂z 2
⇒ ∇ 2 E = jµω (σ + jωε) E – gz
⇒ E (z) = E0 e
⇒ ∇ 2 E = γ2 E ... (4) In case of time-varying fields,
Where, − γz + jωt
E (z, t) = Re ( E0 e )
γ – Propagation constant.
− α z − j β z + j ωt
= Re ( E0 e )
From equation (4),
γ2 = jµω(s + jω) ... (5) ∴ E (z, t) = e − αz Re ( E0 e j (ωt − βz ) )
Warning: Xerox/Photocopying of this book is a criminal act. Anyone found guilty is LIABLE to face LEGAL proceedings.
Unit-3 (EM Wave Characteristics-I) 3.15
Loss tangent is used to classify materials as conductors 2
`d= ... (3)
and dielectrics based on the value of tan θ. It acts as a wms
demarcation line between the conductor and dielectrics as shown The velocity of wave is given by the expression,
in figure below. w
v = b
2w
∴ v = ms ... (4)
JD = jweE
µε σ2 1 2
β ω 1+ + 1 δ =
2 2ω ε 2 2 α ωµ σ
The depth of penetration may be defined as that depth in
σ2
=ω µε 1 + 2 2 1
8ω ε which the wave has been attenuated by amount or 37%
e
σ2
∴ β = ω µε 1 + 2 2 ... (4) approximately of its initial value. It is denoted by (δ).
8ω ε
As the amplitude decreases by the factor e–αx.
The velocity of wave is given by the expression,
Its apparent that at that distance x, which makes αx = 1,
ω
V = 1
β the amplitude is only e times. It’s value at x = 0. By definition
From equation (4), we get, this distance is equal to δ, the depth of penetration.
1
V = ∴ α δ = 1
σ2
µε 1 + 2 2 1
8ω ε Þ δ =
α
σ2 Q32. Show that in a good conductor, the skin depth
∴V ≅ V0 1 + 2 2
d is approximately given by d = 2p/l.
8ω ε
Intrinsic impedance of wave is given as, Ans:
m 1 For answer refer Unit-3, Q30 (Refer Upto Equation (3)).
η = e c 1 + s/jwe m
Since the attenuation constant, a and phase constant,
m js b are equal in a good conductor, both the skin depth and the
≅ e c1 + 2we m wavelength inside the conductor are extremely small compared
m js to the free space wavelength,
` h = e c1 + 2we m
The wavelength of conductor l is given by,
Q31. Explain skin depth and derive an expression 2π
l =
for depth of penetration for good conductor. β
Ans: JK N
Þ l = 2πδ KKa δ = 1 OOO
Skin Depth β
L P
When an electromagnetic wave interacts with a λ
Þ d =
conductive material, mobile charges within the material are 2π
made to oscillate back and forth with the same frequency
as the impinging fields. The movement of these charges,
3.4 Polarization
usually electrons, constitute an alternating electric current, the Q33. Write short notes on EM wave Polarization.
magnitude of which is greatest at the conductors surface. The (Model Paper-1, Q7(a) | May/June-19, (R15), Q8(a))
decline in current density versus depth is known as the skin depth
(or)
and the skin depth is a measure of the distance over which the
current falls to 1/e of its original value. State and explain the term ‘Polarization’ of EM
wave.
The skin depth is a property of the material that varies
with the frequency of the applied wave. Ans: May-10, Set-2, Q4(a)
Warning: Xerox/Photocopying of this book is a criminal act. Anyone found guilty is LIABLE to face LEGAL proceedings.
Unit-3 (EM Wave Characteristics-I) 3.17
1. Linear Polarization 2. Circular Polarization
The polarization in which, the electric field vector of a The polarization in which, electric field vector of EM
transverse EM wave always lies along a straight line is wave has constant length and rotates in a circular path is known
known as linear polarization. In this phenomenon, the
as circular polarization. Depending on the direction in which
wave travels back and forth along a straight line as shown
in figure (1). electric field vector rotates, circular polarization is classified as,
(i) Right-hand circular polarization
(ii) Left-hand circular polarization.
(i) Right Hand Circular Polarization
In right hand circular polarization EM wave rotates in
clockwise direction as shown in figure (4).
Ey
3.5 Illustrative Problems
Q34. The electric field of an EM wave is,
E = 15 cosw (t – z/Vo)ay. Find H.
Ex
Ans: Oct./Nov.-20, (R15), Q7(a)
Given that,
For an EM wave,
Figure (6): Elliptical Polarization KJ ω NO
Electric field, E = 15 cos KKKωt – z OOO ay
Consider a wave travelling in z-direction, having x and Vo
L P
y- components of different amplitudes and separated by a phase
Magnetic field, H = ?
of 90°. The electric field of such wave can be written as,
Comparing E with the standard from i.e.,
E0 = A cosωt + βsinωt
E = Em cos(wt – bz)ax we get,
E0 = E x + E y
Em = 15 V/m
Where,
ω
b =
E x = A cosωt (Field in x direction) ... (1) Vo
The magnetic fields is given by,
E y = B sinωt (Field in y direction) .. (2)
H = H0cos(wt – bz)aH ... (1)
For A ¹ B
The field component Ex and Ey with different amplitudes KJ ω ON
Þ H = H0cos KKKωt – z OOO aH ... (2)
can be written as, Vo
L P
Ex Where,
= cosωt ... (3)
A Em
H0 =
Ey η
= sinωt ... (4)
B 15
= [Q Intrinsic impedance, h = 120p]
On squaring and adding equations (3) and (4), we get, 120π
E y2 1
E x2 =
+ = cos2ωt + sin2ωt 8π
A2 B2
Substituting H0 in equation (2), we get,
E x2 E y2
∴ + =1 ... (5) 1 KJ ω NO
A2 B2 H = cos KKKωt – z OOO aH ... (3)
8π Vo
L P
Equation (5) represents an ellipse, thus the wave is
Since, –z is involved in E , the direction of vector P
elliptically polarized.
is a z ,
For A = B
P = E × H
If the field components Ex and Ey have same amplitudes,
then equation (5) becomes a z × a y = ?
E x2 E 2y
+ = 1 (Q A = B) As, a H = a H × a E = a z × a y = – ax
2 2
A A
2 2
⇒ E x + E y = A2 ... (6) 1 KJ ω NO
Þ H = – cos KKKωt – z OOO a x
8π Vo
L P
Equation (6) represents a circle. Thus for A = B and phase
difference equal to 90°, the polarization encountered by wave 1 KJ ω ON
` Magnetic field, H = – cos KKKωt – z OOO a x
is circular polarization. 8π Vo
L P
Warning: Xerox/Photocopying of this book is a criminal act. Anyone found guilty is LIABLE to face LEGAL proceedings.
Unit-3 (EM Wave Characteristics-I) 3.19
Q35. A plane wave is propagating in a medium having
Since – z is involved in the equation of E , the direction
the properties µr = 4, εr = 36, σ = 1S/m and the
of vector p is a z ,
E = 100 e–az cos(108t – βz)ax V/m, determine the
associated magnetic field. p = E × H
Ans: a z = a × ?
Given that,
As (– a y ) × a x = az
For a plane wave propagating in medium,
The direction of H is given by – a y
Electric field, E = 100 e–αz cos(108t – βz) ax V/m
Relative permittivity, εr = 36 ∴ H = H0 E
Similarly, for a good conductor, On comparing equations (1) and (2), it can be observed
that, the term (ωt + βx) i.e., (108 t + βx) has a positive sign. This
ω µ ∠45° 108 × µ 0 × µ r ∠45° indicates that the wave propagates along the negative direction
|η| = =
σ σ of ax i.e., – ax.
(ii) Phase Constant, β
108 × 4π × 10 −7 × 4 ∠45°
= The expression for phase constant, β is,
1
ω
∴ |η| = 22.41 ∠45° β =
u
We have,
Where, u – Wave velocity.
E0
η = ω
H0 [ u = c in free space]
⇒ β =
c
E0 100 10 8 1
µ0 = = = 8 =
η 22.41∠45° 3 × 10 3
Warning: Xerox/Photocopying of this book is a criminal act. Anyone found guilty is LIABLE to face LEGAL proceedings.
Unit-3 (EM Wave Characteristics-I) 3.21
Q39. A uniform plane wave in air with H = 4 sin 120π
⇒ η2 =
(ωt – 5x) ay A/m is normally incident on a plastic 2
region with parameters ε = 4ε0, µ = µ0, σ = 0.
∴ η2 = 60π
Obtain the total electric field in air and calculate
On substituting the corresponding values in equation (5),
the average power density in the plastic region.
we get,
Ans:
60 π – 120 π
Given that, Er0 = (480 π)
60 π + 120 π
For a uniform plane wave in air,
H = 4 sin(ωt – 5x) ay A/m – 60 π
⇒ Er0 = (480 π)
180 π
ε = 4ε0
µ = µ0 ∴ Er0 = – 160π
σ = 0 Therefore, equation (4) becomes,
Total electric field, E = ? Er = 160π sin (ωt + 5x) â z ... (6)
Average power density in plastic region, Pavg = ? On substituting equations (3) and (6) in equation (1),
Total Electric Field we get,
The expression for total electric field is given as,
ETotal = – 480π sin (ωt – 5x) â z + 160π sin (ωt + 5x) â z
ETotal = Ei + Er ... (1)
= – 1508 sin (ωt – 5x) â z + 503 sin (ωt + 5x) â z
Where,
Ei – Incident electric field ∴ ET ot al = –1508 sin( ωt – 5 x)aˆ z + 503 sin( ωt + 5 x)aˆ z
Er – Reflected electric field.
Average Power Density
The expression for incident electric field is given as,
The expression for average power density in plastic
Ei = (Ei0) sin (ωt – 5x) â E ... (2) region is given as,
Where, Ei0 = Hi0 η0 E02t
⇒ Ei0 = 4 × 120π Pavg = aˆ x ... (7)
2 η2
\ Ei0 = 480π
Where, Eot = τ Ei0
∴ â E × â H = â k
= (1 + Γ) Ei0
⇒ â E × â y = â x
∴ â E = – â z η 2 – η1
= 1 + η + η Ei 0
Therefore, equation (2) becomes, 2 1
Ei = – 480π sin (ωt – 5x) â z ... (3) 60 π – 120 π
= 1 + 480 π
The expression for the reflected electric field is given as, 60 π + 120 π
Er = | Er0 | sin (ωt + 5x) â z ... (4)
– 60 π
Where, Er0 = Γ Ei0 = 1 + 480 π
180 π
η 2 – η1
Er0 = (480 π) ... (5) 1 2
η 2 + η1 = 1 – 480 π = × 480π
3 3
For plastic medium, η1 = 120π ∴ Eot = 320π
m
e On substituting the corresponding values in equation (7),
For air medium, η2 =
;1 + b lE
2 1/4 we get,
s
we
(320 π) 2 2
µ0 Pavg = â x = 102400 π
2 (60 π) 120 π
4ε 0
⇒ η2 = = 853.3π = 2680.82
1+ 0
= 2.68 × 103
1 µ0
⇒ η2 = ∴ Pavg = 2.68 kW/ m 2
2 ε0
1.25 × 10−6
= = 0.26 × 103 = 260 Ω
18.59 × 10−12
The expression for wavelength is given by,
2π 2π
λ = = = 0.2 m
β 30.2
Q41. A medium is characterized by σ = 0 and µ = 2µ0 and ε = 5ε0. If H = 2cos (ωt – 3y) A/m, calculate ω and E.
Ans:
Given that,
For an EM wave,
Magnetic field intensity, H = 2 cos (ωt – 3y) A/m ... (1)
µ = 2µ0
ε = 5ε0
σ = 0
In free space,
Permittivity, ε0 = 8.85 × 10–12 F/m
Permeability, µ0 = 4 π × 10–7 H/m
Angular frequency, ω = ?
Electric field, E = ?
Warning: Xerox/Photocopying of this book is a criminal act. Anyone found guilty is LIABLE to face LEGAL proceedings.
Unit-3 (EM Wave Characteristics-I) 3.23
Angular frequency ω is given as,
β
ω =
µε
b
⇒ ω =
(2m 0) (5e 0)
β
ω = ... (2)
10µ 0 ε 0
D D
E = e = 5e ... (4)
0
Where,
D =
∫ ∇ × H for free space
ax ay az
⇒ ∂ ∂ ∂
∇ × H =
∂x ∂y ∂z
0 0 2cos(2.845 × 108 t − 3 y )
∂ ∂ ∂ ∂ ∂ ∂ ∂ ∂ ∂ ∂ ∂ ∂
⇒ ∇ × H = ax (2cos(2.845 × 10×810
(2cos(2.845 t −83t y−)3ayz )a−z ) −(0) (0)
− a y−a y 2cos(2.845 × 10×810
2cos(2.845 t −83t y−)3−y ) −(0) (0)
+ a z+a z (0) (0)
− − (0) (0)
∂
y ∂y ∂ z ∂z ∂ x ∂x ∂ z ∂z ∂x ∂x ∂y ∂y
∂ ∂
= a x 2 cos(2.845 × 108 t − 3 y ) – a y 2 cos(2.845 × 108 t − 3 y )
∂y ∂x
−6 − cos ax
∫ ∇ × H = D = 2.845 ×10 8 cos (2.845 × 108 t – 3y) a x
∫
Q sin ax = a
... (5)
On substituting equation (5) in equation (4), we get,
–6
E = cos (2.845 × 108 t – 3y) a x
5 × 2.845 × 108 × 8.854 × 10 –12
Warning: Xerox/Photocopying of this book is a criminal act. Anyone found guilty is LIABLE to face LEGAL proceedings.
Unit-3 (EM Wave Characteristics-I) 3.25
(i) E and H at the Plane Surface Q46. A uniform plane wave at a frequency of 1MHz
is travelling in a large block of copper (σ = 5.8
At the plane surface, electric field ‘E’ becomes zero i.e.,
× 107, εr = µr =1). Calculate α, β, γ, n and η.
E=0
Ans:
The expression for magnetic field ‘H’.at a plane surface
Given that, for a uniform plane wave travelling in large
in free space is given as, block of copper,
E Conductivity, σ = 5.8 ×107 S/m
H = ... (1)
60 π Relative permittivity (εr) = 1
On substituting the corresponding values in equation (1), Relative permeability (µr) = 1
we get, Frequency, f = 1 MHz = 106 Hz
2 1 Attenuation constant, α = ?
H = = 30 π Phase constant, β = ?
60 π
Propagation constant, γ = ?
1
∴H = A/m Phase velocity, = ?
30 π
Intrinsic impedance, η = ?
For the incident travelling wave, the electric field, E is (i) Attenuation Constant and Phase Constant
0.2 V/m The expression for attenuation constant and phase
Thus, the expression for magnetic field is, constant when εr = µr = 1 is,
E wms 2πf × µ 0 µ r × σ
... (2) α = β = 2 =
H = 2
120 π
On substituting the corresponding values in equation (2), = 2π × 10 6 × 4π × 10 −7 × 5.8 × 10 7
we get, 2
2 1 ` a = b = 15131.9 Np/m
H = =
120 π 60 π (ii) Propagation Constant
1 Propagation constant is given by the expression,
∴H = A/m γ = α + jβ
60µ
60p
` g = 15131.9 + j15131.9 Np/m
(ii) Depth of Penetration (iii) Phase Velocity
The expression for depth of penetration is given as, The phase velocity of propagation is expressed as,
1 2 ω 2πf
δ = ≈ ... (3) Vp = =
wms β β
µε σ2
ω 1+ 2 2 2π × 10 6
2 ω ε − 1 Vp =
15131 .9
Where, ω – Angular frequency = 2πf ` Vp = 415.22 m/s
σ – Thickness = 5.8 × 10 s/m 7
(iv) Intrinsic Impedance
µ – Permeability = 4π × 10 H/m
–7 The intrinsic impedance is given as,
` δ = 0.038×10 m
–4 ` h = 3.68 × 10 –4 +45° W
= jω µε [Q σ = 0]
= j 2πf µ 0 ε 0 ε r [Q ω = 2πf]
8 –7 –12
= j2pj 2×π 0.3
× 3 × 10
105 4π × 10 × 9 × 8.854 × 10
∴ γ = j18 .8624 m –1
jµ
∴ η = ε [Q σ = 0]
µ0
= ∠90 [Q j = 90°]
εr ε0
4π × 10 –7
= ∠45 = 40π∠45°Ω
9 × 8.854 × 10 –12
∴ η = 40π ∠45 Ω
(ii) σ = 10 Ω/m
Propagation constant is given by,
γ = jwm (s + jwe) = jwms – w 2 me
=
9 –7 9 2 –7
[j2p × 0.3 × 10 × 4p × 10 ] – [(2p × 0.3 × 10 ) × 4p × 10 × 9 × 8.854 × 10 –12
] [Q ε = εr ε0]
jwm 3 × 10 89 × 4π × 10 –7
2π ×0.3×10 2368 .7
η = = ∠90 = ∠90
s + we 10 + 2π × 10 8
× 3 × 9 × 8.854 × 10
0.3×10 9 –12
10 .15
∴ η = 15 .28∠45 Ω
Warning: Xerox/Photocopying of this book is a criminal act. Anyone found guilty is LIABLE to face LEGAL proceedings.
Unit-3 (EM Wave Characteristics-I) 3.27
Q48. A uniform plane wave propagating in a medium Expression for H
has E = 2e–azsin (108t–bz)ay V/m. If the medium From the given expression for E
is characterized by er = 1, mr = 20 and s = 3 S/m, E = 2e–azsin(108t – bz) a y V/m
find a, b and H. Using, a = b = 61.4 rad/m
Ans: Model Paper-1, Q7(b) w = 108
Given that, For good conductor,
For a uniform plane wave propagating in a medium, ωµ 108 ×µ0 ×µ r
|h| = +45° = +45°
σ σ
Electric field, E = 2e–αz sin (108t – βz) V/m
108 ×4π×10 –7 ×20
= +45°
... (1) 1
Relative permittivity, εr = 1 |h| = 50.13 Ð45°
Since,
Relative permeability, µr = 20
E0
Conductivity of medium, σ = 3 mhos/m h =
H0
Attenuation constant, α = ? E0 2
Þ H0 = =
Phase constant, β = ? η 50.13+45°
H=? = 0.04Ð45°
Where, Ans:
µ0 = 4π × 10–7 Given that,
σ
4π × 10 −7 × 20 × 108 × 3 Earth is a good conductor when, >> 1.
α = β = ωε
2 Conductivity, σ = 5 × 10–3
7539.8 Permittivity, ε = 10 ε0
= = 3769.9 = 61.39 σ
2 Highest frequency (f), if >> 0.1 = ?
ωε
β ~
− 61.4
The expression for maximum frequency for which earth
∴ α = 61.4 Np/m is a good conductor is,
ω
∴ β = 61.4 rad/m f = ... (1)
2π
Warning: Xerox/Photocopying of this book is a criminal act. Anyone found guilty is LIABLE to face LEGAL proceedings.
Unit-3 (EM Wave Characteristics-I) 3.29
(iii) Skin Depth
Skin depth is given by the expression,
1 1
δ = =
α 0.2887
∴ δ = 3.464 m
(iv) Direction of Polarization
Given wave consists of only Ez component.
Hence it is polarized along the z-direction.
(v) Direction of Propagation
From the negative sign in (ωt – βx) term of equation (1), it is clear that, the wave is propagating along the positive direction ax.
Q51. A plane sinusoidal EM wave travelling in space has Emax = 1500 μV/m. Find the,
(i) Hmax
(ii) The average power transmitted.
Ans:
Given that,
For an electromagnetic wave travelling in free space,
Emax = 1500 µV/m and
(i) Hmax = ?
(ii) Average power transmitted = ?
In free space
σ = 0, ε = ε0, µ = µ0
ω
α = 0, β = ω µ 0 ε 0 =
C
µ0
η0 = = 120π = 377 Ω
ε0
(i) Hmax = ?
Emax 1500× 10−6
Hmax = =
η0 377
∴ Pavg = 2.984 kW
E
Using HO = η0 and elliptical polarization of wave, we can write the expression for magnetic field intensity, H as,
` ωt – β z j –E y
2
H = – η sin (ωt – βz + 75°) a x + sin d a Hx = Ex n
η η and H y = η
sin ` ωt – βz j 2 sin ` ωt – βz + 75° j
E ×H =
–2 sin ` ωt – βz + 75° j sin ` ωt – βz j
SRS 2 1– cos 2q WVW
Þ E ×H = sin2 (wt – bz) + 4 sin2 (wt – bz + 75°) SSa sin q = WW
2
T X
1 – cos 2 (ωt – βz) 4 ` 1 – cos 2 (ωt – βz) + 75° j 1 cos 2 ` ωt – βz j
= 2 + 2 = 2– 2 + 2 – 2 cos 2 ((wt – bz) + 75°)
5 cos 2 ` ωt – βz j
= 2 – 2 – 2 cos 2 (wt – bz) cos 150° + 2 sin 2 (wt – bz) sin 150°
5 cos 2 ` ωt – βz j – 3
– 2 cos 2 (wt – bz) d 2 n + 2 sin 2 (wt – bz) d 2 n
1
= 2 – 2
5 cos 2 ` ωt – βz j
= 2 – 2 + 3 cos 2 (wt – bz) + sin 2 (wt – bz)
5 1
= 2 + cos 2 ` ωt – βz j d 3 – 2 n + sin 2 (wt – bz)
5
= 2 + 1.232 cos 2 (wt – bz) + sin 2 (wt – bz)
1
ravg = T # ` E ×H jdt
0
T
1
= Tη # d 52 + 1.232 cos ` 2ωt – 2βz j + sin ` 2ωt – 2βz j ndt
0
5` T j
T
1
= Tη # 5 + + 5
2 dt 0 0 = 2Tη = 2η
0
Warning: Xerox/Photocopying of this book is a criminal act. Anyone found guilty is LIABLE to face LEGAL proceedings.
Unit-3 (EM Wave Characteristics-I) 3.31
Q53. An circularly polarized wave has an electric field Relative permittivity, er = ?
of E = Sin (wt – bz) ax V/m. Find power per unit Angular frequency, w = ?
area conveyed by the wave in free space. Electric field, E = ?
Ans: We know that,
Given that, For a lossless medium,
For an elliptical polarized wave, s = 0, a = 0, b = 1
E = sin(wt–bz)ax V/m
(i) Calculation of Relative Permittivity, er
Power per unit area i.e., time average power,
The expression for intrinsic impedance is given as,
ravg = ?
RSa m = m m VW
Then, the expression for time average power of an EM m m0 m r S 0 rW
h = = SS W
wave is given by, e e0 e r S e = e0 e r WW
T T X
m0 m r
1
Pavg = T # ] E ×H gdt ... (1) =
e0 er
0
E mr SRS m0 WV
Using H0 = η0 and elliptical polarization of wave, we Þ h = 120p SSa = 120pWWW
er S e0 W
can write the expression for magnetic field intensity , H as, T X
120p
E Þ e r = [ a mr = 1]
H = +sin(wt–bz) ay V/m. da H = x n n
y η
120p
=
40p
Þ e r = 3
` er = 9
For E2,
aE = – (aK ×aH )
2 2
= – (az × – ay) = ax
Warning: Xerox/Photocopying of this book is a criminal act. Anyone found guilty is LIABLE to face LEGAL proceedings.
Unit-3 (EM Wave Characteristics-I) 3.33
REPEATED
2
TIMES
Ans: Refer Q11. (May/June-17, (R15), Q1(e) | April/May-11, Set-2, Q5(a)(iv))
REPEATED
3
TIMES
Ans: Refer Q13. (Oct./Nov.-20, (R15), Q7(b) | April/May-11, Set-2, Q3(a) | Oct./Nov.-20, (R15), Q6(b))
REPEATED
2
TIMES
Ans: Refer Q42. (May/June-19, (R15), Q8(a) | May-10, Set-2, Q4(a))
Q4. Derive the wave equations for conducting medium, perfect dielectric medium and free space.
Q5. Define a uniform plane wave and establish the wave equations for conducting medium.
Q6. Prove that E and H are perpendicular to each other in uniform plane wave.
Q7. Derive the relation between E&H fields in uniform plane wave.
Q8. Derive the expression for α and β for a general medium with µ, ε and σ.
Q11. Explain skin depth and derive an expression for depth of penetration for good conductor.
Exercise Questions
Q1. A medium is characterized by σ = 0 and µ = 2µ0 and ε = 5ε0. If H = 2cos Zt (ωt – 3y) A/m, calculate ω and E.
[\ E = – 476.4 cos(2.845 × 108 t – 3y)ax V/m]
Q2. Define depth of penetration and calculate the value of the same in copper at 10 MHz and 10 kHz. (σcu = 5.8 × 107 mhos/m; µ = µ0).
[\ d = 6.608 × 10–4 m]
Q3. The conductivity of a material is 6.1 ×10–7 s/m and its relative permittivity is 1.0. Calculate the skin depth of material.
[0 = 0.644 mm]
Q4. A uniform plane wave at a frequency of 1MHz is travelling in a large block of copper (σ = 5.8 × 107, εr = µr =1). Calculate α, β, γ, and η.
[Q h = 3.68 × 10–4Ð45°]
Q5. The magnet field intensity of a uniform plane wave in a good conductor (e0 = e0, m = m0) is
H = 20e–12z cos(2p × 106 t + 12z)ay mA/m
[–9.305e–12z sin(2p × 106t + 12z + 45°)ax mV/m]
Q6. A lossy dielectric has intrinsic impedance of 250Ð30° ohms, and E = 2 e–ax cos (ωt – 0.5 x) Zt V/m. Find the loss tangent, propagation constant,
skin depth, polarization and direction of propagation.
Warning: Xerox/Photocopying of this book is a criminal act. Anyone found guilty is LIABLE to face LEGAL proceedings.
Unit-4 (EM Wave Characteristics-II) 4.1
5.1
Unit
EM Wave Characteristics-II
4 SI
A GROUP
Syllabus
EM WAVE CHARACTERISTICS-II: Reflection and Refraction of Plane Waves – Normal and Oblique Incidences, for both
Perfect Conductor and Perfect Dielectrics, Brewster Angle, Critical Angle and Total Internal Reflection, Surface Impedance,
Poynting Vector, and Poynting Theorem – Applications, Power Loss in a Plane Conductor, Illustrative Problems.
Learning Objectives
Introduction
If load impedance does not match characteristic impedance, reflections occurs producing standing waves. When a wave is
travelling from one medium to another medium of different intrinsic impedance, the reflection occurs at boundary. Based
on how the uniform plane wave is incident on the boundary normal and oblique incidences cases are taken.
Ans:
Reflection
Reflection is defined as a phenomenon in which the angle of incidence of a plane wave is equal to the angle of reflection
of the same wave.
Refraction
Refraction is defined as the bending property of a plane wave in which change of speed results in change in the direction
of wave.
Q2. Define normal incidence and oblique incidence of plane waves in reflection.
Normal Incidence
The condition in which a uniform plane wave is incident normally at the boundary between two mediums is referred to as
normal incidence.
Oblique Incidence
The condition in which a uniform plane wave is incident obliquely at the boundary between two mediums is referred to
as oblique incidence.
Q3. Define reflection coefficient and transmission coefficient.
Ans:
Reflection Coefficient
The ratio of reflected wave and incident wave gives the reflection coefficient.
Transmission Coefficient
The ratio of transmitted wave and incident wave gives the transmission coefficient.
Q4. Account for the phenomenon of total internal reflection and list out the conditions under which it is
possible.
Ans: Model Paper-1, Q1(h)
ε2 .
3. sinθ1 >
ε1
Ans: (Model Paper-2, Q1(g) | April/May-11, Set-2, Q5(a)(i) | April/May-11, Set-4, Q5(b))
The angle of incidence of an EM wave, for which no reflected wave is produced is known as Brewster angle.
Er
i.e., At Brewster angle, =0
Ei
Warning: Xerox/Photocopying of this book is a criminal act. Anyone found guilty is LIABLE to face LEGAL proceedings.
Unit-4 (EM Wave Characteristics-II) 4.3
Q6. Write the expressions for Brewster angle, critical angle and total internal reflection.
Ans: Model Paper-3, Q1(h)
Brewster Angle
The expression for Brewster angle is given as,
ε2
θ1 = tan–1
ε1
Critical Angle
The expression for critical angle is given as,
ε2
θc = sin–1
ε1
Total Internal Reflection
The expression for total internal reflection is given as,
q
TIR = i
qc
Q7. What is the Poynting vector? What is the physical interpretation of the Poynting vector over a closed surface?
(Model Paper-1, Q1(g) | May/June-19, (R15), Q1(g))
(or)
State and express the Poynting theorem.
Ans: May/June-17, (R15), Q1(f)
Poynting Vector
The cross product of electric and magnetic field vectors ‘ E ’ and ‘ H ’ gives the Poynting vector. It is denoted by P and
is given as,
P = E × H
Poynting Theorem
According to Poynting theorem, the total power ‘W’ flowing out of a closed surface is equal to the closed surface integral
of Poynting vector ‘ P ’.
i.e., W = y P .dS
s
4.1 Reflection and Refraction of Plane Waves - Normal and Oblique Incidences for
Both Perfect Conductor and Perfect Dielectrics
Q10. What is the difference between reflection and refraction of a plane wave? Explain.
Ans:
Reflection
Reflection is defined as a phenomenon in which the angle of incidence of a plane wave is equal to the angle of reflection
of the same wave.
Refraction
Refraction is defined as the bending property of a plane wave in which change of speed results in change in the direction
of wave.
(a) Reflection of EM waves: Reflection is a property of electromagnetic wave that occurs when the incident wave is reflected
(or bounced back) from a surface or a second boundary ( which cannot absorb the incident wave). The angle of reflection
is equal to the angle of incidence.
Normal
Boundary surface
Medium 2 qi = qr
Medium 1
qi
Boundary surface
qr Medium 2
Warning: Xerox/Photocopying of this book is a criminal act. Anyone found guilty is LIABLE to face LEGAL proceedings.
Unit-4 (EM Wave Characteristics-II) 4.5
Q11. Define parallel polarization and perpendicular The time-domain representation of equation (1) is
polarization. given as,
Ans: Ei (t ) = Ei e jωt
Parallel Polarization (Vertical Polarization) And, H i (t ) = H i e
ωt
... (2)
The polarization in which the uniform plane wave is Let E r and H r be the magnitudes of electric and
incident obliquely with E which is parallel to plane of incidence
is known as parallel polarization i.e., E field is parallel to plane of magnetic fields of reflected wave,
incidence and H field is perpendicular to the plane of incidence. ⇒ Er (x) = Er e + jβx
+ jβ x ... (3)
Perpendicular Polarization (Horizontal Polarization) And, H r (x) = H r e
The polarization in which a uniform plane wave with The time-domain representation of equation (3) is given
E perpendicular to the plane of incidence, obliquely is known as,
as perpendicular polarization, i.e., E field is perpendicular to Er (t ) = Er e ωt
plane of incidence and H field is parallel to plane of incidence. ωt
H r (t ) = H r e ... (4)
Q12. Explain reflection of plane waves for perfect
At boundary, the sum of incident and reflected fields
conductor. Model Paper-1, Q8
should be zero.
(or) ⇒ Ei + Er = 0
Explain reflection of uniform plane wave by
∴ E r = − Ei
a perfect conductor in the case of oblique
incidence for parallel polarization. At x < 0, the total electric field is given by the relation,
(Refer Only Vertical Polarization or Parallel Etot (x, t) = Ei ( x, t ) + E r ( x, t )
Polarization at Oblique Incidence in Perfect Conductor) − j β x + ωt
− e j β x + ωt )
= Ei (e
Ans: May/June-17, (R15), Q9
ωt e jθ − e − jθ
Reflection of Plane Waves for Perfect Conductor = − 2 jEi sin βxe Q = sin θ
2j
The reflection of plane waves for perfect conductor can
be observed for two different cases, Similarly,
1. Normal incidence H tot (x, t) = H i ( x, t ) + H r ( x, t )
− j β x + ωt
2. Oblique incidence. = H i (e + e j β x + ωt )
1. Normal Incidence e jθ + e − jθ
ωt
If a plane wave is normally incident on the boundary = 2 H i cos βxe Q = cos θ
2
between perfect dielectric and perfect conductor, the incidence
is known as normal incidence. The incident wave is said to The instantaneous values for two field vectors (If real)
produce standing waves, if it has the angular frequency as ω can be written as,
and the magnitudes of electric and magnetic fields as Ei and Hi. Etot ( x, t ) = 2 E sin βx cos(ωt – π/2) = 2 E sin βx sin ωt
For a standing wave, the field equations are, ... (5)
Etot (x, t) = 2 Ei sin βx sin ωt H tot ( x, t ) = 2 H cos βx cos ωt ... (6)
H tot (x, t) = 2 H i cos βx cos ωt From equations (5) and (6) it can be observed that, the
wave incident is a standing wave which pulsates according to
Consider a plane wave for which medium 1 is air having
sine law for E-field and cosine law for H-field.
µ1, ε1 and σ1 as parameters while medium 2 is a perfect conductor
having µ2, ε2 and σ2 as parameters. Let the boundary be at x = 0 The magnitude of electric field observes a sinusoidal
such that the electric field vector of reflected wave equals to that variation with distance from the reflecting plane.
of incident field (but reverse direction). Let the incident wave At x = 0 and at x = n λ/2 , n = 1, 2, 3, ...
in phasor form be represented by the equations.
Etot = 0
− jβ x
Ei (x) = Ei e The maximum Etot is obtained at x = mλ/4 where, m = 1,
And, H i (x) = H i e − jβx ... (1) 3, 5, ....
Where, ∴ (Etot)max = 2 Ei
2π Similarly, the magnitude of magnetic field observes a
β =
λ cο-sinusoidal variation with distance.
∴ (Htot)max = 2 H i − jβ y y
E = 2 jEi sin( βz cos θ)e ... (8)
In reflection of plane waves for perfect conductor at
normal incidence, the total wave does not contain the factor The argument βz cosθ in the sine term indicates the phase
e+jβx. shift constant in z-direction with a standing wave distribution.
− jβ y y
2. Oblique Incidence ∴ E = 2 jEi sin( βz )e ... (9)
If a plane wave is obliquely incident on the boundary Where,
between perfect dielectric and perfect conductor, the incidence
βy = βsinθ
is known as oblique incidence.
A plane wave can be regarded as the superposition In z-direction the wavelength of reflected wave is higher
of parallely polarized and perpendicularly polarized wave. than that of incident wave.
Hence oblique incidence is performed on these two types of 2π λ
polarizations. Since, λz = =
βz cos θ
(i) Horizontal polarization or perpendicular polarization λ
(ii) Vertical polarization or parallel polarization. ⇒ λz =
cos θ
(i) Horizontal Polarization or Perpendicular Polarization At multiples of λz/2, the electric field strength becomes
at Oblique Incidence in Perfect Conductor
zero. On the contrary at odd multiples of λz/4 the electric field
Consider a uniform plane wave, incident oblique with an
− jβ y y
angle θ on perfect conductor such that its electric field vector is strength becomes maximum. The exponential term e in
perpendicular to the plane of incidence as shown in figure (1).
equation (8) indicates the wave is progressive along y-direction.
βy = βsinθ
Warning: Xerox/Photocopying of this book is a criminal act. Anyone found guilty is LIABLE to face LEGAL proceedings.
Unit-4 (EM Wave Characteristics-II) 4.7
From figure (ii), it can be observed that electric field At multiples of λz/2, the magnetic field strength is
vector is parallel to the plane of incidence whereas the magnetic maximum, whereas at odd multiples of λz/4 magnetic field
field vector is perpendicular to it. Thus, the magnetic field strength is zero.
strength of incident wave is given as,
At multiples of λz/2, the components of electric field Ez
− jβ ( y sin θ − z cosθ )
H i e − jβ[ x cos(π / 2) + y cos(π / 2 −θ) + z cos(π −θ) = H i e and Ey are maximum and minimum respectively.
Similarly, the magnetic field strength of reflected wave Q13. Show that the field existing in the second medium
is given as, under conditions of total internal reflection is a
− jβ[ x cos(π / 2 ) + y cos(π / 2 − θ) + z cosθ]
H r e − jβ( x cos A+ y cosB + z cosC ) = H r e non-uniform plane wave and slow wave.
− jβ y The field in the z-variation is of the form,
E = 2jη H i cosθ sin(βzcosθ) e ...(17)
y
1– sin2θ2 j
The cosine term in equation (16) indicates that along e –jβ2 z cos θ2) = e jβ2 z`± #a cos q = 1– sin 2 q -
z-direction, there exists standing wave distribution of magnetic KJK KKJ ε1 NOO 2 NO
KK ε OO sin θ1–1OOO
= e jβ2 zKKL ±j L 2P
field. The wave in z-direction has greater wavelength than that P
KJK ε1 NOO 2
of incident wave. \ e –jβ2 z cos θ2) = e +jβ2 z KK ε OO sin θ1–1
L 2P
Since, In the above expression, lower sign is selected, since the
2π λ field decreases exponentially for negative direction of z. Hence,
λz = =
βz cos θ the expression is simplified as,
η2 ( Ei − E r ) = η1 ( Ei + E r )
Ei × Hi Ei ( η2 − η1 ) = Er ( η2 + η1 )
y
Hi E r × H r H r
x ε ,µ E r (η 2 − η1 )
2 2 H
t ∴Γ = = ... (6)
Ei (η 2 + η1 )
Figure : Normal Incidence on a Perfect Dielectric
Warning: Xerox/Photocopying of this book is a criminal act. Anyone found guilty is LIABLE to face LEGAL proceedings.
Unit-4 (EM Wave Characteristics-II) 4.9
Transmission Coefficient Where,
The expression for transmission coefficient can be V1 – Velocity of propagation of medium 1
obtained as, V2 – Velocity of propagation of medium 2.
1
Et Ei + E r E V1 = ... (2)
τ = = 1+ r = 1 + Γ µ 0 ε1
Ei = Ei Ei
1
(η 2 − η1 ) η + η1 + η 2 − η1 V2 = ... (3)
= 1 + = 2 µ 0 ε1
(η 2 + η1 ) η 2 + η1
On substituting equations (2) and (3) in equation (1),
E 2 η2 we get,
∴τ = t = ... (7)
Ei η2 + η1 1
From equations (6) and (7), it can be observed that, sin θ1 µ 0 ε1
=
(i) 1+ Γ =τ sin θ 2 1
µ0ε 2
(ii) The reflection and transmission coefficients Γ and τ are
dimensionless and complex
sin θ1 ε2
∴ = ... (4)
(iii) 0 ≤ | Γ | £ 1. sin θ 2 ε1
2. Oblique Incidence Equation (4) represents the law of refraction which
Consider a uniform plane wave which is obliquely is known as Snell’s law. The power transmitted in incident
incident on the boundary between two mediums. For oblique wave, reflected wave and refracted wave is proportional to
incidence, the boundary conditions are complex than that of Ei2 cos θ1 E r2 cos θ1 Ei2 cos θ1
normal incidence. From the total incident wave, some part is , and respectively.
η1 η1 η2
reflected in medium 1 while the other part of it is transmitted
into medium 2. The angle made by reflected wave is same as From law of conservation,
in normal incidence, whereas the transmitted wave is deviated Incident power = Reflected power + Refracted power
from the normal. Ei2 cos θ1 Er2 cos θ1 E i cos θ2
2
Ei Er
Hi θ1 θ1 Hr
Et
θ2
Medium 2
Figure (1) : EM Wave Incidence on Dielectric Boundary Surface
From figure (1), Ht
AB sin θ1 V1
= ... (1) Figure (2): Oblique Incidence of Wave on Dielectric with
AB sin θ 2 V2 Perpendicular Polarization
Hi θ1 θ1
Similarly,
Hr
The transmission coefficient is obtained as,
Et Et 2 cos θ1
θ2
Medium 2 τ= = ... (13)
Ei ε
cos θ1 + 2 − sin 2 θ1
Ht
ε1
Figure (3) : Oblique Incidence of Wave on Dielectric with Parallel
Polarization Equations (12) and (13) are called Fresnel’s equations.
Warning: Xerox/Photocopying of this book is a criminal act. Anyone found guilty is LIABLE to face LEGAL proceedings.
Unit-4 (EM Wave Characteristics-II) 4.11
Since, for Brewster angle,
4.2 Brewster Angle, Critical Angle and
Er
Total Internal Reflection = 0
Ei
Q16. Explain the concept of Brewster Angle.
ε2 ε2
(or) cos θ1 − − sin 2 θ1
ε1 ε1
What is Brewster angle? And explain its signi- ⇒ 0 =
ε2 ε2
ficance. cos θ1 + − sin 2 θ1
ε1 ε1
Ans:
ε2 ε
Brewster Angle ⇒ cos θ1 = 2 − sin 2 θ1
ε1 ε1
The angle of incidence of an EM wave, for which no
reflected wave is produced is known as Brewster angle. Squaring on both sides, we get,
2 2
Er ε2 ε2
i.e., At Brewster angle, =0 cos 2 θ1 = − sin 2 θ1
Ei ε1 ε1
Significance 2
ε2 ε2
v Brewster angle is also called polarizing angle because ⇒ (1 – sin2θ ) = – sin2 θ
it allows only the component with perpendicular ε1
1
ε1 1
Warning: Xerox/Photocopying of this book is a criminal act. Anyone found guilty is LIABLE to face LEGAL proceedings.
Unit-4 (EM Wave Characteristics-II) 4.13
(a) Polarization is required to be parallel to the direction of Q20. Prove that under the condition of no reflection
incident plane. at an interface the sum of the Brewster angle
(b) There should be no reflection of waves. and the angle of refraction is 90 degrees for
parallel polarization for the case of reflection
(c) Refractive index of the two mediums should must be of by a perfect conductor under oblique incidence,
equal magnitude. with neat sketches.
i.e., n1 = n2 Ans:
(d) Sum of angles θ1 and θ2 (as shown in figure (1)) must When a wave is incident over plane surface it results
equal 90°. into reflected and transmitted wave, these waves must satisfy
the condition of continuity for the tangential components of E
i.e., θ1 + θ 2 = 90° and of H at the interface.
Figure (1)
Complementary angle of incidence is π/2 – θi
Complementary angle of reflection is π/2 – θr
Complementary angle of refraction is π/2 – θt.
Figure (1): Condition of Brewster’s Angle The characteristics of reflected and transmitted waves
(ii) Critical Angle can be found out from the continuous tangential component of
E and H must be continuous across the interface,
The conditions to be satisfied for critical angle are,
i.e., Ei + Er = Et
(a) The angle of incidence must be such that the angle
of reflection of wave is 90° with the normal. Same condition can be satisfied from H-waves also
n1
cos θi – cos θt
n2
=
n1
cos θi + cos θt
Figure (2) n2
n1
2 cos θi
= n2
n1
cos θi + cos θt
n2
n1
If > 1 then θt > θi and cos θi > cos θt.
n2
n1
If < 1 then θt < θi and cos θi < cos θt.
n2
Figure (ii)
The reflected wave is thus either in phase with the
When the incident wave is polarized with its E vector
incident wave at the interface if n1 > n2 or π radians out of phase. parallel to the plane of incidence, there is no reflected wave at
The tangential component of Ei and Er can thus be either θi + θt = π/2. The angle of incidence θi is called the Brewster
in phase or π radians out of phase. The Er component is in phase angle. The position of the missing reflected ray is at 90° to the
transmitted ray. For any pair of media, the sum of the two angles
with Ei at the interface if,
θiB is 90°.
n1 Q21. Explain the phenomenon of total internal
cos θt – cos
cosqi i>>00
n reflection.
2
Ans:
or if, sin θt cos θt – sin θi cos θi > 0
The phenomenon of total internal reflection is illustrated
sin 2θt – sin 2 θi > 0 in figure below as,
sin(θt – θi) cos(θt + θi) > 0 Normal
Warning: Xerox/Photocopying of this book is a criminal act. Anyone found guilty is LIABLE to face LEGAL proceedings.
Unit-4 (EM Wave Characteristics-II) 4.15
Since, for total internal reflection,
ε2
sinθ1 >
ε1
ε
cos θ1 + j sin 2 θ1 − 2
Er ε1
= ... (1)
Ei ε
cos θ1 − j sin θ1 − 2
2
ε1
The reflection coefficient for parallel polarization is given as,
ε2 ε2
cos θ1 − − sin 2 θ1
Er ε1 ε1
=
Ei ε2 ε2
cos θ1 + − sin 2 θ1
ε1 ε1
For total internal reflection, the reflection coefficient for parallel polarization becomes,
e2 e
e o sin 2 q1 – e e 2 o
e1 cos q1 + j 1
Er
= e 2 e ... (2)
Ei e o cos q1 – j sin 2 q1 – e e 2 o
e1 1
From equations (1) and (2), it can be observed that, reflection coefficient has a unit magnitude. This proves that the wave
incident is totally reflected back.
4.3 Surface Impedance, Poynting Vector And Poynting Theorem - Applications, Power
Loss in a Plane Conductor
Q22. Write a brief note on surface impedance.
Surface impedance of any conductor is given as the ratio of tangential electric field ‘Et’ to the linear current density ‘Js’
flowing through that conductor. It is denoted by’Zs’ and is given as,
Et
Zs = Ω ... (1)
Js
If the thickness of the conductor is higher than the depth of penetration, then the surface impedance can be given by the
ratio of propagation constant γ and conductivity ‘σ’.
Et γ
∴ Zs = =
Js σ
For a good conductor (σ >> 1), ZS is same as the characteristic impedance Z0.
jwm wm
ZS = s = s +45°
ωµ ωµ
ZS = RS + jXS = +
2σ 2σ
ωµ ωµ
RS = , XS =
2σ 2σ
2
δ =
ωµσ
1
∴ RS =
σδ
2
Power loss = J s eff RS
Due to finite conductivity of metal surface impedance exist. If thickness of the metal is more, current distribution decays.
Figure
Q23. Explain the difference between the intrinsic impedance and the surface impedance of a conductor.
Show that for a good conductor, the surface impedance is equal to the intrinsic impedance.
Ans:
1. Intrinsic impedance is defined as the ratio of 1. Surface impedance is defined as the ratio of electric
electric field intensity to the magnetic field field strength parallel to the linear current density.
intensity.
E jw l E tan γ
2. Mathematically, η = = s + jwe 2. Mathematically, Zs = =
H Js σ
Where, Where,
σ - Conductivity of the medium. γ - Propagation constant.
µ - Permeability of the medium.
e - Permittivity at the medium.
3. For loss less dielectrics i.e., σ << ω e, 3. For loss less dielectrics i.e., σ << ωe,
m jw me
h= e +0° ZS - s
4. For free space, i.e., σ = 0 4. For free space, i.e., σ = 0
m0 jw me
h= e 0 = 120p = 377 W ZS - s
5. For good conductors i.e., σ >> ωe, 5. For good conductors i.e., σ >> ωe,
wm wm
h= s +45° Z S = s +45°
Warning: Xerox/Photocopying of this book is a criminal act. Anyone found guilty is LIABLE to face LEGAL proceedings.
Unit-4 (EM Wave Characteristics-II) 4.17
For a good conductor i.e., perfect conductor σ >> ωÎ, From Maxwell’s equations,
then, the intrinsic impedance of a good conductor can be
− ∂B − ∂H
obtained as, ∇ × E = =–µ ... (1)
∂t ∂t
E jwm
η = H = s + jwe ∂D ∂E
And, ∇ × H = +J =ε +J ... (2)
∂t ∂t
jwm
= s
(Q σ >> ω ∈) Consider a vector identity given as,
wm ∇( A × B ) = B . (∇ × A ) – A (∇ × B ) ... (3)
= s +90°
Applying the above identity for electric and magnetic
wm
= s +45° ... (1) field vectors E and H , we get,
and surface impedance of a good conductor is obtained ∇.( E × H ) = H .(∇ × E ) – E (4 × H ) ... (4)
as, On substituting equations (1) and (2) in equation (3),
E tan g jwm (s + jwe) we get,
Zs = = s =
Js s ∂H ∂E
∇.( E × H ) = H . − µ − E . ε + J
∂t ∂t
jwm (s)
= s (Q s >> we)
∂H ∂E
jwm = wm ⇒ ∇.( E × H ) = − µH − εE − E .J ... (5)
∂t ∂t
= s s +90°
wm Consider another vector identity given as,
= s +45° ... (2)
∂ ( A.B ) ∂B ∂A
Thus for a good conductor, the surface impedance is = A. + B.
∂t ∂t ∂t
equal to the intrinsic impedance.
If B = A
Q24. State and prove Poynting theorem.
(Model Paper-1, Q9(a) | May/June-19, (R15), Q9(a) | ∂A 2 ∂A
⇒ 2 = 2 A.
May/June-18, (R15), Q9 | April/May-12, Set-3, Q6)) ∂t ∂t
(or) ∂A 1 ∂A
2
∴ A. = ... (6)
State and prove the Poynting’s theorem with ∂t 2 ∂t 2
regard to EM wave propagation.
Applying the above identity for E and H fields, we get,
Ans: May-10, Set-1, Q5(a) 2
∂E 1 ∂E
Statement E . = ... (7)
∂t 2 ∂t
Poynting Vector
∂H 1 ∂H 2
The cross product of electric and magnetic field vectors And, H . = ... (8)
∂t 2 ∂t
‘ ’ and ‘ ’ gives the Poynting vector. It is denoted by
On substituting equations (7) and (8) in equation (5),
and is given as, we get,
P = E×H
− µ∂H 2 ε ∂E 2
∇( E × H ) = − − E .J ... (9)
Poynting Theorem 2∂t 2 ∂t
According to Poynting theorem, the total power ‘W’ Equation (9) gives the relationship between E and H for
flowing out of a closed surface is equal to the closed surface
a single point. In order to obtain such relationship for all points
integral of Poynting vector ‘ P ’.
in space, consider its volume integral as,
i.e., W = y P .dS − µ ∂H 2 ε ∂E 2
S
∫ ∇( E × H )dv =
2 ∂t
v
∫ −
2 ∂t
− E .J dv ... (10)
Proof v
The relationship between the energy transfer (power) and From Divergence theorem,
the electric and magnetic field vectors can be obtained using
ys (E × H ) .dS = yv d. (E × H ) dv ... (11)
Maxwell’s equations.
Warning: Xerox/Photocopying of this book is a criminal act. Anyone found guilty is LIABLE to face LEGAL proceedings.
Unit-4 (EM Wave Characteristics-II) 4.19
Substituting the corresponding values in equation (3),
4.4 Illustrative Problems we get,
Q27. In a medium E = 16e–X/20 sin(2 × 108 t – 2x)iz 8
2×10
V/m. Find the direction of propagation, the n =
propagation constant, wavelength, speed of the 2
8
wave and skin depth. ` n = 10 m/s
Ans: May/June-19, (R15), Q8(b)
(e) Skin depth (d)
Given that, The expression for propagation constant is given as,
In a medium, 1 1
–x d = =
α 0.05
Electric field, Ev = 16e 20 sin(2 × 108t – 2x)az V/m
` δ = 20
(a) Direction of propagation, t = ?
Q28. A wave is incident from air on to a perfect conductor
(b) Propagation constant, g = ? normally. Evaluate the reflection coefficient.
(c) Wavelength, l = ? Ans:
(d) Speed of the wave, n = ? Given that,
(e) Skin depth, d = ? A wave is incident normally onto a perfect conductor
The general form of electric field is given as, from air.
E = Ae– az sin(wt – bz) arz Reflection coefficient, G = ?
On comparing the given electric field expression with Medium 1 is air, which is lossless dielectric with σ ~ 0,
the general form, we get, ε = ε0εr, µ = µ0µr
1 µ
a = = 0.05
20 And η1 = ... (1)
ε
b = 2
Medium 2 is a perfect conductor with σ ~ ∞, ε = ε0,
w = 2 × 108 µ = µ0µr
(a) Direction of Propagation
ωµ
From the negative sign in (wt – bx) term of equation (1), And η2 = Ð45°
σ
it is clear that, the wave is propagating along the positive
direction of ax. ⇒ Since, σ ~ ∞ η2 ~ 0 [Q σ ~ ∞] ... (2)
(b) Propagation Constant (g) The general equation of reflection coefficient (Γ) between
two mediums is given as,
The expression for propagation constant is given as, η2 − η1
g = a + jb ... (1) Γ = ... (3)
η2 + η1
Substituting the corresponding values in equation (1), Since , η2 = 0, equation (3) can be written as,
we get,
− η1
Γ = =–1
` g = 0.05 + j2 η1
(c) Wavelength (l) ∴ Reflection coefficient of a wave incident normally on
The expression for wavelength is given as, to a perfect conductor from air is ‘– 1’.
2p Q29. A parallel polarized wave propagates from air to a
l = ... (2)
b
dielectric at Brewster angle of 75 degrees. Find εr.
Substituting the corresponding values in equation (2),
Ans:
we get,
2p Given that,
l =
2 For a parallel polarized wave propagating from air
` l = 3.14 m to dielectric,
(d) Speed of the wave (n) Brewster angle (θ) = 75°
Speed of the wave is calculated as, Relative permittivity of dielectric ε rdi = ?
w
n = ... (3) In air, relative permittivity of the medium, ε rair = 1.
b
wm ` P = 106.1
= s Ð45° Q32. The electric field component of a uniform plane
wave travelling in seawater (σ = 4 S/m, εr = 81, µr
2πfµ 0 µ r
= ∠45 ° = 1) is = 8e–0.1z cos(ωt – 0.3z) V/m. Determine
σ
the average power density.
2π × 10 9 × 4π × 10 −7 × 100 Ans: May/June-15, (R13), Q8(b)
= ∠45 °
50 × 10 6 Given that,
For a uniform plane wave travelling in sea water,
= 0.124 ∠45 ° Electric field component,
= 0.088 + j 0.088
E = 8e–0.1z cos(ωt – 0.3z) â x V/m
Zs = 0.088 (1 + j)
σ = 4 S/m, εr = 81, µr = 1
` Z s = 88 (1 + j) mΩ Average power density, Pavg = ?
Warning: Xerox/Photocopying of this book is a criminal act. Anyone found guilty is LIABLE to face LEGAL proceedings.
Unit-4 (EM Wave Characteristics-II) 4.21
The expression for average power density (Pavg) is given
as, (Free space) (Lossless medium)
Region 1 Region 2
E02
Pavg = ... (1) z≤0 z≥0
2|η| µ1 = µ0 , ε1 = ε0 µ2 = 8µ0 , ε 2 = 2ε 0
σ
Where, ω =
ε0ε r
4
⇒ ω =
8.854 × 10 −12 × 81
Figure
∴ ω = 5.57 × 10 9 rad/sec In region 1 (i.e., free space) the η1 is equal to η0
⇒ η1 = η0
On substituting the corresponding values in equation (2),
we get, µ1 4 × π × 10 –7
= =
ε1 8.854 × 10 –12
j × 5.57 × 10 9 × 4π × 10 −7 × 1
η = = 120 π = 377 Ω
4 + j × 5.57 × 10 9 × 8.854 × 10 −12 × 81
In region 2 (i.e., lossless), the η2 is given by,
j 2428π 7000∠900
= = µ2
4+4j 5.656∠45° η2 = ε2
= 35.17 ∠45°
On substituting the values for µ2 and e2, we get,
∴ | η | = 35.17 8µ 0 µ0 µ0
= = 4 =2 = 2 × η0
On substituting the corresponding values in equation (1), 2ε 0 ε0 ε0
we get, = 2 × 120 π = 753.47 Ω
−0.1z 2 −0.2 z
(8e ) 64e The transmission coefficients of the two regions is,
Pavg = = = 0.9 e–0.27
2(35.17) 70.34 2η 2
τt =
η1 + η 2
∴ Pavg = 0.9e −0.2 z W/m 2
2 × 753.47
Q33. In free space (z ≤ 0), a plane wave with H = 10cos τt = = 1.333
377 + 753.47
(108t – βz)ax mA/m is incident normally on a lossless
medium (εr = 2, µr = 8) in region z ≥ 0. Determine the The reflection coefficients of the two regions is,
reflected and transmitted electromagnetic waves. η 2 – η1
τr =
Ans: (Model Paper-2, Q9(b) | May/June-15, (R13), Q9(b)) η 2 + η1
Given that, 753.47 − 377
τr = = 0.333
The region z ≤ 0 represents medium 1 (i.e., free space). 753.47 + 377
Where, µ1 = µ0, ∈1 = ∈0 Et E
τt = ; τr = r
The region z ≥ 0 represents medium 2 (i.e., lossless Ei Ei
medium) where ε2 = 2ε0, µ2 = 8µ0.
Where,
A plane wave incidents normally on a lossless medium Et – Transmitted E
with H = 10 cos (108t – βz) mA/m.
Ei – Incident E
Figure, illustrates the two mediums. Er – Reflected E
Warning: Xerox/Photocopying of this book is a criminal act. Anyone found guilty is LIABLE to face LEGAL proceedings.
Unit-4 (EM Wave Characteristics-II) 4.23
(c) Time Average Power Crossing the Surface (a) Propagation Constant (g)
Given surface is, The expression for propagation constant is given as,
x = 1 g = a + jb ... (1)
0<y<2 Substituting the corresponding values in equation (1),
0<z<3m we get,
The expression for time average power crossing the ` g = 0.05 + j2
surface is given as, (b) Wavelength (l)
rav = # Sav dxdydz The expression for wavelength is given as,
2p
Where, l = ... (2)
b
1 1
Re St = [6.833] atx
Sav = Substituting the corresponding values in equation (2),
2 2
we get,
= 3.416 atx mW/m2
2p
l =
2 3 2
\ rav = # # # 3.416 dxdydz ` l = 3.14 m
x=1 y=0 z=0
2
(c) Speed of the wave (n)
= 3.416 # # 3
[z] 0 dxdy Speed of the wave is calculated as,
w
x=1 y=0 n = ... (3)
2
b
Substituting the corresponding values in equation (3),
= 3.416 # # 3dxdy
x=1 y=0
we get,
8
2×10
=10.248 # 2
[y] 0 dx = 10.248 # 2dx n =
2
x=1 x=1 8
` n = 10 m/s
= 20.496[x]x = 1 Q36. A unit vector directed from region 1 to region
` r av = 20.496 mW 2 at the planar boundary between two perfect
v = 16 e–0.05x sin(2 × 108t – 2x)a V/m dielectrics is given as ar N12 = (– 2/7) at x + (3/7) at y
Q35. In a medium E z
+ (6/7) ar z . Assume er1 = 3, er2 = 2 and electric field
find,
in region 1 is E v = 100 at + 80 at + 60 at V/m.
1 x y z
(a) Propagation constant. v , polarization vector P v
Find the electric field E 2 2
(b) Wavelength.
in region 2 and the angles made by the vectors
(c) Speed of the wave. v and E v with the normal to the interface.
E 1 2
Ans: (Model Paper-3, Q9(b) | May/June-17, (R15), Q7)
Ans: May/June-17, (R15), Q4
Given that, Given that,
In a medium, For a perfect dielectric medium,
Electric field, Ev = 16e – 0.05x sin(2 × 108t – 2x)az V/m A unit vector directed from region 1 to region 2 is,
–2 3 6
atN12 = at + at + at
(a) Propagation constant, g = ? 7 x 7 y 7 z
Relative permittivity in region 1, e r = 3
(b) Wavelength, l = ? 1
Relative permittivity in region 2, e r = 2
(c) Speed of the wave, n = ? 2
Electric field in region 1,
The general form of electric field is given as,
Ev1 = 100 atx + 80 at y + 60 atz V/m
E = Ae– az sin(wt – bz) arz Electric field in region 2, Ev = ? 2
On comparing the given electric field expression with Polarization vector in region, P2 = ?
the general form, we get,
Angle made by vectors E1, E 2 with normal to the
a = 0.05 interface,
b = 2 q1 = ?
w = 2 × 10 8 q2 = ?
E N1
v
E
Region 1 1
er = 3 q1
1
Region 2
er = 2 q2
2 v
E 2
E N2
Etan2
Figure
v
Electric Field, E 2
From the figure, electric field in region 2 can be obtained as,
Ev = Ev 2 + Ev tan2 N2 ... (1)
Similarly, electric field in region 1 can be obtained as,
Ev = Ev 1 + Ev tan1 N1 ... (2)
The component of Ev1 in the direction of atN12 is given as,
R V
Ev N1 = SSEv1.atN12WW atN12 ... (3)
T X
Substituting the corresponding values in equation (3), we get,
RS JK –2 3 6 NOVW RS –2 3 6 VW
Ev N1 = SSS(100atx + 80at y + 60atz) . KK atx + at y + atz OOWWW × SSS atx + at y + atzWWW
TR L 7 7 7 P
X T
7 7 7
X
SSJK –2 3 NV
W J
6 OW K –2 3 6 O N JK –2 3 6 N
= SSKK100× + 80× + 60× OOWW KK atx + at y + atz OO = [–28.57 + 34.285 + 51.428] KK atx + at y + atz OOO
L 7 7 7P L 7 7 7 P L 7 7 7 P
T X
JK –2 3 6 NO
= [57.143] KK atx + at y + atz OO
L 7 7 7 P
v
\ E = – 16.33 at + 24.49 at + 48.97 at V/m
N1 x y z
Using equation (2), the tangential component of E1 is,
Evtan1 = Ev1– Ev N1 = (100 atx + 80 at y + 60 atz ) – (–16.33 atx + 24.49 at y + 48.98 atz )
\ Evtan1 = 116.33 atx + 55.51 at y + 11.02 atz V/m
At boundary, the tangential electric field intensity is continuous i.e.,
Ev = Ev
tan2 tan1 ... (4)
EN1 e
and = 1
EN2 e2
e1 e0 e r 3e0
EN2 = EN1. = 1
.E = E `a e r1 = 3, e r2 = 2j
e2 e0 e r N1 2e0 N1
2 2
\ EN2 = 1.5 EN1 ... (5)
\ Ev2 = Etan 2 + EN2 (from (1)) = Etan 1 + 1.5 EN1 (from (4) and (5))
= 116.33 ar x + 55.51 ar y + 11.02 arz + [–16.33 ar x + 24.49 ar y + 48.98 arz ]1.5
` Ev2 = 91.835atx + 92.245at y + 84.45atz V/m
Warning: Xerox/Photocopying of this book is a criminal act. Anyone found guilty is LIABLE to face LEGAL proceedings.
Unit-4 (EM Wave Characteristics-II) 4.25
(ii) v
Polarization Vector in Region 2, P Using the relation between average density, Poynting’s
2
vector and velocity i.e.,
The expression for polarization vector, Pv2 is given as,
Average energy, Wavg = ... (1)
Pv2 = ce e0 E2
2
Velocity of wave in free space is,
= `e r2 –1j e0 E2 ( a ce = er – 1)
v = 3 × 108 m/sec
= (2 – 1) (8.854 × 10–12) (91.835 atx + 92.245 Now, substituting the values of Savg and v in equation,
at y + 84.45 atz ) we get,
2 S avg 5
Pv2 = 0.813atx + 0.816at y + 0.748atz nC/m Wavg = = 8
v 3×10
(iii) Angles Made by the Vectors E1, E 2 with Normal to
= 16.66 × 10–9 Joules/m3
the Interface
= 16.66 nJ/m3
From the figure,
∴ The average density, Wavg = 16.66 nJ/m3.
| E tan 1 |
tanq1 =
E N1 Q38. An EM wave travelling in air is incident normally
2 2 2 on boundary between air and a dielectric
(116.33) + (55.51) + (11.02)
Þ tanq1 = 2 2 2
having permeability same as free space and
(–16.33) + (24.49) + (48.98) permittivity as 4. Prove that one-ninth of the
incident power is reflected and eight-ninths of
Þ tanq1 = 2.263
it is transmitted into the second medium.
Þ q1 = tan–1(2.263) = 66.16°
Ans: April-18, Set-3, Q5(b) M[7]
\ The angle made by Ev1 with normal to the interface is,
Given that,
` q1 = 66.16°
ε2 = 4 and ε1 = 1 (air)
From the figure,
Let, the incident wave (Ei, Hi) travel along z-direction.
| Etan 2 |
tanq2 =
| EN2 | ∴ Eis(z) = Eio e– rz ax ... (1)
SRS a Etan 1 = Etan 2 WVW
| Etan 1 | His(z) = Hio e– rz ay ... (2)
= SS W
Sand EN2 = 1.5 EN1WW
| 1.5 EN1 |
T X The power of the incident wave,
1 2.263
= tan q1 = Pis = Eis × His
1.5 1.5
Þ tanq2 = 1.51 ax ay az
Þ q2 = tan (1.51) = 56.49°
–1
E e −r z
= io
0 0
− rz
\ The angle made by Ev2 with normal to the interface is, 0 H io e 0
Ero ε1 − ε 2 1− 4 −1
= = =
Eio ε1 + ε 2 1+ 4 3
H ro ε 2 − ε1 4− 1 1
= = =
H io ε1 + ε 2 4+ 1 3
Prs −1 1 −1
∴ = × =
Pis 3 3 9
1
| Prs | = |P |
9 is
Transmitted to the incident power ratio is given by,
Pts Eto H to
=
Pis Eio H io
Where,
Eto 2 ε1 2 1 2
= = =
Eio ε1 + ε 2 1+ 4 3
and
H to 2 ε2 2 4 4
= = =
H io ε1 + ε 2 1+ 4 3
Pts 2 4 8
= × =
Pis 3 3 9
8
∴ | Pts | = |P |
9 is
Warning: Xerox/Photocopying of this book is a criminal act. Anyone found guilty is LIABLE to face LEGAL proceedings.
Unit-4 (EM Wave Characteristics-II) 4.27
REPEATED
2
TIMES
Ans: Refer Q5. (April/May-11, Set-2, Q5(a)(i) | April/May-11, Set-4, Q5(b))
Q2. What is the Poynting vector? What is the physical interpretation of the Poynting vector over a
REPEATED
closed surface?
2
TIMES
Ans: Refer Q7. (May/June-19, (R15), Q1(g) | May/June-17, (R15), Q1(f))
Q3. Explain reflection of uniform plan wave by a perfect dielectric in the case of normal
REPEATED
incidence and obtain the expressions for reflection and transmission coefficients. 2
TIMES
Ans: Refer Q14. (April/May-12, Set-2, Q6 | May/June-19, (R15), Q9(b))
REPEATED
4
TIMES
Ans: Refer Q24. (May/June-19, (R15), Q9(a) | May/June-18, (R15), Q9 | April/May-12, Set-3, Q6 | May-10, Set-1, Q5(a))
Q6. Show that the field existing in the second medium under conditions of total internal reflection is a non-
uniform plane wave and slow wave.
Q7. What is Brewster Angle? Derive the expression for Brewster angle?
Q8. Define critical angle. Derive the expression for critical angle.
Q10. Obtain an expression for the power loss in a plane conductor in terms of the surface impedance.
Exercise Questions
Q1. The electric field intensity in a dielectric medium (m =mo, e = eoer) is given by
E = 150 cos(109 t + 8x)az V/m
Calculate
(a) The dielectric constant er
(b) The intrinsic impedance
(c) The velocity of propagation
(d) The magnetic field intensity
(e) The Poynting vector P.
[(a) 5.76, (b) 157.1W, (c) 1.25 × 108 m/s, (d) 0.955 cos(109t + 8x)ay A/m, (e) –143.25 cos2(109t + 8x)ax W/m2]
Q9. If u is the phase velocity of an EM wave in a given medium, the index of refraction of the medium is n = c/u, where c is the speed of light in
vacuum.
(a) Paraffin has mr = 1, er= 2.1. Determine n for unbounded medium of paraffin.
(b) Distilled water has mr= 1, er = 81. Find n.
(c) Polystyrene has mr = 1, er = 2.7. Calculate n.
[(a) 1.45 (b) 9 (c) 1.643]
Warning: Xerox/Photocopying of this book is a criminal act. Anyone found guilty is LIABLE to face LEGAL proceedings.
Unit-5 (Transmission Lines) 5.1
Unit
Transmission Lines
5 SI
A GROUP
Syllabus
Transmission Lines: Introduction, Transmission line parameters, Transmission line equivalent circuit, Transmission line
equations and their solutions in their phasor form, input impedance, standing wave ratio, Transmission of finite length- half
wave, quarter wave transmission line, Smith chart, graphical analysis of transmission lines using Smith chart, stub matching-
single and double stub matching, Illustrative Problems.
Learning Objectives
In high frequency transmission lines, impedance matching helps to reduce the formation of standing waves and improves
the performance of the communication system. Impedance matching can be done using various techniques such as,
1. Quarter-wave Transformer
2. Stub matching
3. Smith chart
In this unit, we will study about these techniques in detail.
Q2. What are secondary constants? Q4. Draw the voltage and current variation along an
open circuited and a short circuited line.
Ans:
Ans: May/June-19, (R15), Q1(i)
The constants that are derived from primary constants
are called secondary constants. The voltage and current variations along and short-
circuited lines are as shown in figure below.
These include,
Receiving end
1. Characteristic impedance (Zo)
E I
2. Propagation constant (γ).
Q3. Show that “a distortion-less line is one in which
the attenuation constant is independent of
operating frequency while the phase constant l/4 l/2 3l/4 l 5l/4 RR = ¥
is linearly dependent on frequency”.
(a) V-I Variations on an Open-circuited Dissipation less Line
Model Paper-1, Q1(i)
j ωL jω C V0− e γl
= RG 1 + .1 + ΓL = + − γl
R G V0 e
Warning: Xerox/Photocopying of this book is a criminal act. Anyone found guilty is LIABLE to face LEGAL proceedings.
Unit-5 (Transmission Lines) 5.3
Where, As the first maximum is at the distance of 7.5 cm i.e., at
λ
V – Incident wave
+
distance from the load, therefore a voltage minimum occurs
4
V – – Reflected wave.
at the load. Thus, reflection coefficient (Γ) is real and negative.
Range
2
ΓL = –1 (for short load) ∴ Γ=–
3
= 0 for matched impedance load
= H for open load Q8. A 50 W line is terminated in load ZR = 90 + j60 W.
Determine VSWR due to this load.
Q6. Define the voltage standing wave ratio.
Ans: May/June-17, (R15), Q1(i) Ans: May/June-18, (R15), Q1(j)
Smith chart is a simple graphical tool which consists of Receiving end is, ZR = 0.
locus of constant resistance values as circles on real axis and Receiving end current, IR = ?
locus of reactance values as circles on imaginary axis. The receiving end current is obtained using the equation,
Q11. List the applications of smith chart. 2Z 0 I S
IR = ... (1)
Ans: (Model Paper-3, Q1(i) | May/June-19, (R15), Q1(j) ( Z R + Z 0 )[ e γL − Ke − γL ]
The various applications of Smith chart are, Where,
1. Smith chart is used as admittance diagram. Z R − Z0
Reflection coefficient, K = = –1
2. It is used for converting a impedance into admittance. Z R + Z0
3. Smith chart is used to determine the load impedance. And, eγL = eαL ∠βl = e ∠0.05 × 10
4. It is used to determine the input impedance and the ⇒ eγL = 2.715 ∠0.5
admittance of a short-circuited lines and open circuited
lines. Substituting the values of IS, Z0, ZR, eγL and K in equation
(1), we get,
Q12. A telephone line, 10 km long has the following
constants; Z0 = 300∠0°Ω, α = 0.1 Neper/km and β 2 × 300∠0° × 20 × 10 −3
IR =
= 0.05 radians km. Determine the receiving end (0 + 300∠0°)[ 2.718∠0° + 2.718∠ − 0.5]
current when 20 mA are sent at the transmitting 12 ∠0°
=
end if the receiving end is shorted. 300 ∠0° × 5.435∠0°
Differences between single stub and double stub match in a transmission line are as mentioned below,
Single Stub Matching Double Stub Matching
1. Single stub matching is used for fixed frequency. 1. Double stub matching is used for variable frequency
(i.e., wide band range).
2. The location of stub depends on the frequency range. 2. The location of stub is independent of frequency range.
3. It requires slotted line section for matching in coaxial 3. It does not require any slotted line section.
line.
4. This method is complex to use. 4. This method is easy to use.
Warning: Xerox/Photocopying of this book is a criminal act. Anyone found guilty is LIABLE to face LEGAL proceedings.
Unit-5 (Transmission Lines) 5.5
a a
H dielectric
E
Figure (2): Parallel-Plate Line
Here,
a – Length of transmission line
d – Distance between parallel-plates.
The two important parameters that describe the charac- Figure (3): Capacitance of a Transmission Line
teristics of a transmission line include,
Capacitance is also a distributed constant and is denoted
1. Primary constants by C. The capacitance between wires is generally ex-
2. Secondary constants. pressed in picofarads per unit length.
1. Primary Constants : The primary constants or electric (iv) Conductance
parameters of a transmission line given as,
(i) Resistance (R) When current flows through the two parallel conductors
or wires a leakage current flows between them due to
(ii) Inductance (L)
imperfect insulation of dielectric. This can be represented
(iii) Capacitance (C) by a shunt conductance as shown in figure (4). It is the
(iv) Conductance (G). reciprocal of resistance and is denoted by G.
Warning: Xerox/Photocopying of this book is a criminal act. Anyone found guilty is LIABLE to face LEGAL proceedings.
Unit-5 (Transmission Lines) 5.7
Q17. Derive the characteristic impedance of
transmission line interms of its line constants.
Ans: April/May-11, Set-3, Q7(a)
Warning: Xerox/Photocopying of this book is a criminal act. Anyone found guilty is LIABLE to face LEGAL proceedings.
Unit-5 (Transmission Lines) 5.9
By rationalizing the above expression we get,
R 1 − jωCR R − jωCR 2
Z = × =
1 + jωCR 1 − jωCR 1 + ω2C 2 R 2
R jωCR 2
= −
1 + ω2C 2 R 2 1 + ω2C 2 R 2
R ωCR 2
∴ Z = − j ... (2)
1 + ω2C 2 R 2 1 + ω2C 2 R 2
R
Real part of Z = 2 2 2 ... (3)
1+ ω C R
− ωCR 2
And, imaginary part of Z = ... (4)
1 + ω2C 2 R 2
The magnitude of ‘Z’ is given by,
R
|Z| =
1 + ω2C 2 R 2
And phase is given by,
φ = tan–1 (ωCR) ... (5)
From equations (3), (4) and (5) the required primary
Figure: Galvanometer
constants are obtained.
As shown in figure, the input end of the transmission Q20. Starting with the differential equations for the
line XY is connected in the ‘CD’ arm of the galvanometer. The elemental length of a uniform transmission line,
opposite arm ‘BC’ comprises of variable ‘R’ and variable ‘C’. obtain the expression for the sending end voltage
The values of ‘R’ and ‘C’ are adjusted in such a way that no and current in terms of their values at the receiving
current flows thought the galvanometer ‘G’. This condition is end and the secondary constant of the line.
(Model Paper-1, Q10(a) | May/June-19, (R15), Q10(a))
called ‘Null condition’ and is expressed as,
(or)
R1 Z IN
= .... (1) Starting from equivalent circuit derive the
R2 Z
Where, transmission line equations for V and I in terms
of source parameters.
Z - Input impedance of arm BC
Ans: April/May-11, Set-4, Q7(a)
ZIN - Input impedance of transmission line XY The second order differential equations of voltage
connected in arm CD. and current at a random point on a uniform line are known
as transmission line equations. These wave equations are
Under Null condition, if R1 and R2 values are selected necessary to describe the profiles of voltage and current over
equal, the equation (1) becomes, the transmission lines.
Z IN Consider a uniform transmission line formed by an infinite
=1 number of T sections, each of infinitesimal size dx. The equivalent
Z
circuit of T section of transmission line is shown in figure.
ZIN = Z
I + dI I
This implies that, under null condition, the impedance of L R L R
arm ‘BC’ is equal to the input impedance of transmission line.
Then, the input impedance of arm ‘BC’ is obtained as,
1 1
= + jωC
Z R V + dV G C V
1 + jωCR
=
R
R dx
∴ Z =
1 + jωCR Figure: Equivalent Circuit of T section of Transmission Line
dI Z ZY x Z
dx = VY V = C
Y e – D Y e – ZY x ... (8)
Differentiating equation (1) with respect to ‘x’, we get, Since the distance x is measured from the receiving end
of the transmission line,
d2 V dI
= (R + jwL) dx x = 0, \ I = IR
dx 2
dI V = VR
Substituting the value of dx in the above equation,
we get, VR = IRZR
d2 V Where,
= (R + jwL) (G + jwC)V ... (3)
dx 2 IR – Current in the receiving end of line
Differentiating equation (2) with respect to ‘x’, we get, VR – Voltage across the receiving end of the line
d2 I dV
= (G + jwC) dx ZR – Impedance of receiving end
dx 2
dV Substituting this condition in equation (5), (6), (7) and
Substituting the value of dx in the above equation
(8).
d2 I VR = A + B ... (9)
= (R + jwL) (G + jwC)I ... (4)
dx 2
IR = C + D ... (10)
But the propagation constant is expressed as,
Y Y
IR = A Z –B Z ... (11)
g = (R + jwL) (G + jwC)
Z Z
= ZY VR = C Y –D Y ... (12)
Warning: Xerox/Photocopying of this book is a criminal act. Anyone found guilty is LIABLE to face LEGAL proceedings.
Unit-5 (Transmission Lines) 5.11
These equations can be computed by considering the B = –Dx
following, I V
B = – 2R x + 2R
Z 1 Y
Let x =
Y and x = Z V I Z
A B \ B = 2R – 2R Y ... (20)
Then IR = x – x
The characteristic impedance is defined given by,
1
= x (A – B)
Z R + jw L
Z0 = Y = G + jwC ... (21)
But IR = C + D
1 Substituting the value of Z0 in equations (19), (20), (17)
C + D = x (A – B)
and (18),
Cx + Dx = A – B V I Z
A = 2R + 2R Y
A – B = Cx + Dx ... (13)
V V
Similarly, equation (12) becomes, A = 2R + 2ZR Z0
R
VR = Cx – Dx
V
A = 2R =1 + Z 0 G
Z
But VR = A + B ... (22)
R
A + B = Cx – Dx ... (14)
V I Z
From equations (13) and (14), we get, B = 2R – 2R Y
A – B = Cx + Dx A – B = Cx + Dx V V
= 2R – 2ZR Z0
R
A + B = Cx – Dx A + B = Cx – Dx
V
B = 2R =1 – Z 0 G
Z
A2 = 2Cx –2B = 2Dx ... (23)
R
Þ A = Cx Þ B = –Dx I V Y
C = 2R + 2R Z
Substituting the values of A and B in the following
equations. I I Z
= 2R + 2RZ R [Q VR = IRZR]
VR = A + B 0
I V Y
= Cx – Dx C = 2R + 2R Z
But IR = C + D I I Z
IRx = Cx + Dx ... (15) = 2R + 2RZ R [Q VR = IR ZR]
0
VR = Cx – Dx ... (16) I
C = 2R =1 + ZR G
Z
... (24)
Adding the equations (15) and (16), 0
2Cx = IRx + VR I V Y IR IR ZR
D = 2R – 2R Z = 2 – 2Z0
I V
C = 2R + 2Rx I
D = 2R =1 + ZR G
Z
I V ... (25)
C = 2R + 2R Z :a x =
Y ZD 0
Y ... (17)
Substituting the values of A, B, C and D in equations (5)
Subtracting the equations (15) and (16)
and (6), the solutions of the differential equations are,
2Dx = IRx – VR
V Z V Z
I V V = 2R e1 + Z 0 o e ZY x
+ 2R e1 – Z 0 o e – ZY x
... (26)
D = 2R – 2Rx R R
I Z I Z
I = 2R e1 + ZR o e + 2R e1 – ZR o e –
I V Y
\ D = 2R – 2R Z ... (18) ZY x ZY x
0 0
But A = Cx V Z Z
V = 2R >e1 + Z 0 o e ZY x
+ e1 – Z 0 o e – ZY xH
... (28)
I V R R
A = 2R x + 2R
I Z Z
V I Z I = 2R >e1 + ZR o e ZY x
+ e1 – ZR o e – ZY xH
... (29)
\ A = 2R + 2R Y ... (19) 0 0
I I Z I I Z
I = 2R e ZY x
+ 2E ZR e ZY x
+ 2R e – ZY x
– 2R ZR e – ZY x
0 0
V = VR c e + e– m + I R Z0 c e – e– m
ZY x ZY x ZY x ZY x
[Q VR = IRZR]
2 2
VR
=a I R = ZR G
V
Z0 ^e
I = I R c e + e– m+ ZY xh
ZY x ZY x
ZY x
– e–
2 R
These are the equations for voltage and current of a transmission line at any distance ‘x’ from the receiving end of
transmission line.
The equations for voltage and current at the sending end a transmission line of length ‘l’ are given by,
V
=a I R = ZR G
V
VS = VR cosh ZY l + ZR Z0 sin ZY l
R R
IR ZR
Is = IR cosh ZY l + Z0 sin ZY l [Q VR = IRZR]
VS = VR =cos ZY l + Z 0 sinh ZY lG
Z
... (32)
R
IS = IR =cos ZY l + ZR sinh ZY lG
Z
... (33)
0
Q21. Define phase and group velocities in transmission line and derive the relation between them.
Ans:
Phase Velocity (VP)
Phase velocity is defined as the rate of change in phase of the propagating wave. It is denoted as Vp.
The expression for phase velocity is given as,
Vp = λg/t
Þ Vp = λf ... (1)
Where,
λ – Wavelength.
Equation (1) can be written as,
2πfλ 2π f
Vp = =
2π 2π/λ
2π
V p = ω / β (Q ω = 2πf , β = ) ... (2)
λ
Group Velocity (Vg)
The rate of change in energy of electromagnetic waves along the axis of line is termed as group velocity. It is denoted as
Vg. The expression for group velocity is given as,
dω
Vg = ... (3)
dβ
Warning: Xerox/Photocopying of this book is a criminal act. Anyone found guilty is LIABLE to face LEGAL proceedings.
Unit-5 (Transmission Lines) 5.13
Relation between Phase Velocity and Group velocity Q22. Define the characteristic impedance and
The expression for phase velocity is given as, propagation constant, alternation constant,
w velocity of propagation and wave length of
vp = b ... (1)
transmission line interms of primary constants.
1 1 1
= = × Ans: April/May-11, Set-1, Q7(a)
me m0 e0 mr er
Characteristic Impedance
<a cF
c 1 =
= For answer refer Unit-5, Q17.
mr er m0 e0
c Propagation Constant
= h ... (2)
For answer refer Unit-5, Q16, Topic: Propagation
Where, Constant.
c = Velocity of light = 3 × 108 m/s Attenuation Constant
For answer refer Unit-5, Q16, Topic: Attenuation Constant.
η = Intrinsic impedance.
Velocity of Propagation
Group velocity is given as,
Velocity of propagation of a transmission line is defined
dw
vg = db as,
ω
d VP = ... (1)
= db (b v p) [ a From equation (1)] β
d Where, β = Phase constant.
= v p + db (b v p) ... (3)
ω = Angular frequency.
We know that,
‘β’ in terms of primary constants is,
2p
b = l
1 2
db β = (ω LC − RC ) − ( R 2 + ω2 L2 )(G 2 + ω2 C 2
⇒ dl =
– 2p 2
l2 Substituting this in equation (1), we get,
db –b
⇒ dl = l 1 2
VP = (ω L − RC ) − ( R 2 + ω2 L2 )(G 2 + ω2C 2
dl 2
db = – b l
Wavelength λ
Substituting the values of “db” in equation (3), we get, Wavelength ‘λ’ of a transmission line is defined as,
dv p 2π
vg = vp – l dl ... (4) λ =
β
Group velocity can also be written as, λ in terms of primary constants is,
vg = db cb hc m [ a From equation (2)]
d 2π
λ=
1 2
(ω LC − RC ) − ( R 2 + ω2 L2 )(G 2 + ω2 C 2
= h <1 – h d nF
c c b dh n b dh
= h – 2 d
c 2
h d b db
Q23. Draw an equivalent circuit of a two wire trans-
= vp <1 – h F
b dh
... (5) mission line and mention its applications.
db
Ans:
Equations (4) and (5) represent the relation between
phase velocity and group velocity. The equivalent circuit of a transmission line is as shown
in figure below,
From (4) and (5), it is observed that,
(i) The phase velocity and group velocity are equal for non-
Warning: Xerox/Photocopying of this book is a criminal act. Anyone found guilty is LIABLE to face LEGAL proceedings.
Unit-5 (Transmission Lines) 5.15
Propagation Constant Q26. List the conditions for minimum attenuation.
The expression for propagation constant γ is given by, Ans:
γ = ( R + jωL)(G + jωC ) The conditions for minimum attenuation are,
C
j ωL j ωC Attenuation constant, α = R or RG
= R 1 + G 1 + L
R G
Phase constant, β = ω LC
j ωL jω C
= RG 1 + .1 + R L
R G Characteristic impedance, Zo =
G
=
C
1
∴ VP = ... (10)
LC Figure (2): Equivalent Circuit
1 RS γl γl − − γl − γlV
W
0
SV e + Z I e V e + Z I e W
2T L 0 L L 0 L
X ` ZOC = Z0 coth γl ... (2)
Warning: Xerox/Photocopying of this book is a criminal act. Anyone found guilty is LIABLE to face LEGAL proceedings.
Unit-5 (Transmission Lines) 5.17
(b)
Short Circuited Impedance (Zsc) : For short circuited SRS − γz W V
SS 1 + V0 e WWW
transmission line, ZR is zero and hence voltage across it SS V0+ e –γz WW
is zero i.e., = Z0 SS WW
SS V0− e γz WW
ZR = 0, VR = 0 SS1 − + –γz WW
S V0 e W
The equation (1) becomes, T X
JK − − γz N
^0 h cosh γl + Z0 IR sinh γl 1 + ΓL KKa Γ = V0 e OOO
Zsc = = Z0 K
0 1 − ΓL V0+ e − γz OO
L
IR cosh γl + Z sinh γl K
0 L P
RS + VW
Z0 IR sinh γl S 1 Γ LW
= I cos h γl \ Zin = Z0 SS W
R
S1 − Γ L WW
T X
\ Zsc = Z0tanh gl ... (3) Standing Wave Ratio
Therefore, equations (3) and (4) represent the input im- Consider two waves travelling on a transmission line with
pedance when the transmission line is open circuited and short same frequency but in opposite direction. When these waves
collide with each other, a standing wave pattern of voltage
circuited respectively.
and current is generated i..e, the incident and reflected waves
5.3 Standing Wave Ratio together form a standing wave.
1. Standing Wave Ratio : Standing wave ratio is defined
Q29. Define the reflection coefficient and derive the
as the ratio of magnitudes of maximum voltage or
expression for the input impedance in terms of current to magnitudes of minimum voltage or current.
reflection coefficient. It is abbreviated as SWR and denoted by ‘r’.
Ans: Vmax I max
∴ r = =
Reflection Coefficient Vmin I min
V
+ The partially reflected wave is given by,
⇒ Imin = (1 – | ΓL |) ... (6)
Z0 x
On substituting equations (5) and (6) in equation (4), ψr = B1 cos ω + t ... (2)
c
we get,
V
+ On combining equations (1) and (2), we get,
Z0 ^1 + G L h JK x NO JK x NO
CSWR = + ψi + ψr = A1 cos ω KK – t OO + B1 cos ω KK + t OO
V
Z0 ^1 – G L h Lc P Lc P
The above expression can be written as,
1 + GL
\ CSWR = KJ ωx NO KJ ωx NO
1 – GL ψi + ψr = (A1 + B1) cos KK OO cos ωt + (A1 – B1) sin KK OO sin ωt
L c P L c P
Q30. Derive the relation between reflection coefficient Then,
and characteristic impedance.
The resultant amplitude of the wave is obtained as,
Ans: April/May-11, Set-3, Q8(a)
2JK ωx NO 2J
K ωx NO
= _ A1 + B1i cos KK OO + _ A1 – B1i sin KK OO
2 2
Relation between Reflection Coefficient and Characteristic
Impedance L c P L c P
The expression for reflection coefficient at load is, 2 2 KJ 2ωx ONO
= A1 + B1 + 2A1B1 cos KK O
V0− e γl L c P
ΓL = ` ... (1)
V0+ e − γl Assuming the amplitude of the wave ranges between
The expression for V0+ is, (A1 + B1) and (A1 – B1) depending upon the values of x, then,
1
V0+ = (V + Z0 IL) eγl ... (2) Amax A + B1
2 L = 1
Amin A1 − B1
1
And the expression for V0− = (V – Z I ) e–γl ... (3)
2 L 0 L
B1
Where, 1+
A1 1+ G
Z0 – Characteristic impedance. = =
B1 1– G
1−
On substituting equations (2) and (3) in equation (1), A1
we get,
1 Where,
(VL − Z0 IL) e − γl e γl
ΓL = 2 B
1 G – Reflection coefficient 1
(V + Z I ) e γl e − γl A1
2 L 0L
(Z I − Z I ) I _ ZL – Z0i The ratio
Amax
is called standing wave ratio (r).
= L L 0 L = L
(ZL IL + Z0 IL) IL _ ZL + Z0i Amin
ZL – Z0 B1 r –1
\ ΓL = ∴ G = =
ZL + Z0 A1 r +1
Warning: Xerox/Photocopying of this book is a criminal act. Anyone found guilty is LIABLE to face LEGAL proceedings.
Unit-5 (Transmission Lines) 5.19
The input impedance of a short circuited line is,
5.4 Transmission of Finite Length-Half
Wave, Quarter Wave Transmission Zin|sc = Z0 tanh(γl)
Line RS sinh (γl) WV
= Z0 SSS WW
cosh (γl) W
Q32. Describe the characteristics of UHF lines. T X
RS sinh (αl) cos (βl) + j cosh (αl) sin (βl) VW
= Z0 SS S WW ... (1)
Ans: cosh (αl) cos (βl) + j sinh (αl) sin (βl) W
T X
Ultra High Frequency Lines (UHF)
For line length of odd multiples of ‛l/4’,
The transmission lines which are operated at a
sin (βl ) = ± 1
frequencies from 300 to 3000 MHz and whose wavelengths
cos (βl ) = 0
are from 10 cm to 100 cm, these lines normally abbreviated as
UHF lines. Equation (1) becomes,
RS cosh (αl) VW
At UHF range ohmic and dielectric losses may be Zin|sc = Z0 SSS WW
appreciable but since the physical length of line is small the sinh (αl) W
T X
total attenuation is nearly zero and only the phase shift is of At high frequencies, αl is very small i.e., cosh(αl) = 1,
consequence. Therefore, UHF line can be considered as lossless sinh(αl) = αl
if only for short length are taken. These lines (UHF) can become JK 1 NO
∴ Zin|sc = Z0 KK OO ... (2)
resonant at particular frequencies. L αl P
The expression for the attenuation constant for lossless
When the far end is open or short-circuited. They are
line is,
used as ‘feeder lines’ to radio transmitter and in measurement
of permeability, power factor of dielectrics, wavelength, 1 C L
α = R +G
impedance and as circuit elements. 2 L C
Zin
Open circuit Capacitance Zin jZ0 (cot bl)
l/4 < l < l/2 Open circuit Inductance Zin Zin jZ0 (cot bl )
2
2Z0
Short circuit Parallel resonant circuit Zin =
Rl
λ 2
l= Open circuit Series resonant circuit 2Z
2 Zin = 0
Rl
Q34. Write short notes on different lengths of transmission lines with open end load.
Ans:
The voltage and current waves cannot affect the complete circuit when the lengths of transmission lines are much higher
than the wavelengths (l >> l).
The value of input impedance for different lengths of transmission lines varies in an open-end circuit.
1. If length of transmission line, less than l/4 (l < l/4) is terminated with open-end, then the impedance is equivalent to
capacitance.
2. If length of transmission line in between l/4 and l/2 is terminated with open-end, then it acts as inductance.
3. If length of transmission line equal to quarter wavelength (l = l/4) is terminated with open end, then it is equivalent to a
series resonant circuit.
Warning: Xerox/Photocopying of this book is a criminal act. Anyone found guilty is LIABLE to face LEGAL proceedings.
Unit-5 (Transmission Lines) 5.21
Table below illustrates the input impedance for different lengths of transmission lines with open-end load.
Line Length Arrangement Behaviour Input Impedance
λ
l< 4 Open circuit Capacitance Zin = – jZ0(cotbl)
λ λ
4 <l< 2 Open circuit Inductance Zin = – jZ0(tanbl)
2Z 2
λ Zin = Rl0
l= 4 Open circuit Series resonant circuit
Q35. Explain the significance and utility of λ/8, λ/4 and λ/2 lines.
Ans:
λ
The significance and utility of is given below.
8
λ
If a transmission line of length ‘ ’ and characteristic impedance ‘Z0’ is terminated by a load impedance ‘ZR’ then the
8
impedance at the sending end is given by,
2π λ
Z R + j Z 0 tan λ × 8 Z + j Z0
Z = Z0 R
Zin = 0
2π λ Z0 + j Z R
Z 0 + j Z R tan λ × 8
(i) When ZR = 0, then Zin = j Z0
(ii) When ZR = ¥, then Zin = –j Z0.
The significance and utility of λ/4 line is given below.
For a quarter-wavelength line, with characteristic impedance Z0 and terminated with ‘ZR’.
The input impedance ‘Zin’ is given as,
RS Z + jZ tan ((2π/λ) (λ/4)) VW
SS R 0 W
Zin = Z0 SS J 2π λ ON WWW
K
S Z0 + jZR tan KK × OO W
S W
T L λ 4P X
Z R / tan (π / 2 ) + j Z 0
= Z 0
Z 0 / tan (π / 2 ) + j Z R
∴ tan(π/2) = ¥
j Z 0 Z 02
Zln = Z 0 =
j ZR ZR
Z 02
Þ Zin =
ZR
Z in Z 1
∴ = 0 =
Z0 ZR (Z R / Z 0 )
Spectrum All-in-one journal for engineering students
5.22 Electromagnetic waves and transmission lines [JNTU-Anantapur]
(i) The quarter-wavelength can be used for impedance Generally, the input impedance is given as,
inversion i.e., the normalized impedance of a quarter-
ZL + j Z0 tan (βl)
wavelength line is equal to the normalized admittance Zin = Z0 > H ... (1)
at the receiving end. Z0 + jZL tan (βl)
(ii) The quarter-wavelength line can be used for impedance Half-Wave Length λ/2 Line Impedance Transformation
matching.
The input impedance for l = λ/2 is given as,
Z 02 RS V
Zin = SS Z + jZ tan JKKK 2π × λ NOOO WWW
ZR S L 0
L λ 2 P WWW
Zin = Z0 SS
The above equation shows that the impedance at SS KJ 2π λ NO W
S Z0 + jZL tan KK λ × 2 OO WW
the input of a quarter wave line depends on two quantities. T L PX
RS Z + jZ tan (p) VW R V
These are the load impedance (Which is fixed for any load
= Z0 SS L 0 WW = Z SSS ZL + 0 WWW = Z
at a constant frequency) and the characteristic impedance of S Z0 + jZL tan (p) W 0 SZ + 0W L
T X T 0 X
the interconnecting transmission line. If the Z0 can be varied,
∴ Zin = ZL
the impedance seen at the input to the (λ/4) line will be
varied accordingly and the load may thus be matched to the KJ λ ON
Quarter Wavelength KK OO Line Impedance Transformation
characteristic impedance of the main line. L4P
The significance and utility of (λ/2) line is given below. λ
The input impedance for l = is given as,
4
The input impedance of a half-wavelength line (λ/2)
RS V
with characteristic impedance ‘Z0’ terminated with impedance SS Z + jZ tan JKKK 2π × λ NOOO WWW
S L 0
L λ 4 P WWW
‘ZR’ is given by, Zin = Z0 SS
SS KJ 2π λ NO W
2π λ S Z0 + jZL tan KK λ × 4 OO WW
L PX
Z R + j Z 0 tan λ × 2 Z × Z T RS VW
Zin = Z 0
= 0 SS ZL W
SS e o + jZ0 WW
R RS λ VW
+ 2π λ Z0 SS Z + jZ tan WW WW
3
Z 0 j Z R tan λ × 2 = Z0 SSS
L 0 2 WW = Z SS WW
SS Z + jZ tan λ WW W 0 S
SS e Z0 o W
S 0 L 2W SS 3 + jZL WWW
Zin = ZR. T X
T X
2
Thus, the input impedance of a λ/2 line is equal to the Z0
Þ Zin =
load impedance independent of ‘Z0’. ZL
Measurement of Load Impedance
2
Þ Z0 = Zin ZL
It is very often not practical to measure the impedance
of a load directly. This being the case, the impedance may be ∴ Z0 = Zin ZL
measured along a transmission line connected to the load, at a
If ZL = ∞, then Zin = 0. Hence open load is converted
distance which is half-wavelength from the load.
to short circuited load when l = l/4.
Sometimes it is necessary to short-circuit a transmission
line at a point that is not physically accessible. l/8 Line Impedance Transformation : The input impedance
The same result will be obtained if the short-circuit is for l = l/8 is given as,
placed a half-wavelength away from the load. SRS JK 2π λ NO WV
SS ZL + jZ0 tan KK × OO WWW
Q36. Determine the input impedance for l/2, l/4 and Zin = Z0 SS L λ 8 P WW
l/8 lines impedance transformations. SS KJ 2π λ NO W
S Z0 + jZL tan KK λ × 8 OO WW
Ans: T L PX
A transmission line of length ( l ) terminated with load SRS JK π NO WVW
S ZL + jZ0 tan K 4 O WW
(ZL) is as shown in figure below. = Z0 SSS L PW δ
SS Z + jZ tan KKJ π NOO WWW
l S 0 W
Z0 T
L
L 4 PX
RS Z + jZ VW π
= Z0 SS L 0W
f a tan d n = 1 p
Zin ZL S Z0 + jZL WW 4
T X
Since, the magnitude of (ZL + jZ0) = magnitude of (Z0 + jZL).
Figure \ Zin = Z0
Warning: Xerox/Photocopying of this book is a criminal act. Anyone found guilty is LIABLE to face LEGAL proceedings.
Unit-5 (Transmission Lines) 5.23
Q37. Show that a lossless transmission line of (ii)
Capacitance ‘C’
different lengths can be made to behave as, Input impedance of a transmission line is expressed as,
Z + jZ tan bl
(i) Inductance ‘L’ Zin = Z0 = Z L + jZ 0 tan bl G
0 L
(ii) Capacitance ‘C’
Here, ZL = ∞, line is open-circuited at the receiving end.
(iii) Series impedance figure (1)
ZL Z0 1
∴ Zin = Z0 = j tan β l Q = − j
jZ L tan βl j
= – jZ0cot βl
Figure (1) ` Zin = ZOC = – jZ0 cot bl ... (4)
λ
If l < < ⇒ βl ≤ 1
2π
∴ cot βl ~ 1 ~ 1
tan βl βl
RSa β = ω LC VW
SS WW
∴ Zin = –j Z0/βl SS L WW
SS Z0 = W
Figure (2) C W
T X
L
(iv) Shunt impedance resonant circuits figure = − j ω LC l = – j/ωCl
C
(2) (either shorted or open).
Ans: ∴ Z in = − j / ωCl ... (5)
(i) Inductance ‘L’ It is clear from equation (5) that a lossless transmission
Input impedance of a transmission line is expressed as, line behaves as a capacitance.
Z + jZ tan bl (iii) Series Impedance
Zin = Z0 = Z L + jZ 0 tan bl G ... (1)
o L
Zin = ZR.
= > H×
(r – 1) + jx (r + 1) – jx
(r + 1) – jx Figure (1): Constant r-circle
(r + 1) + jx)
Features of Constant-r Circles
2
(r – 1) (r + 1) – jx (r – 1) + jx (r + 1) – (jx) (i) In constant-r circles, the centre lies on horizontal axis.
= 2 2
(r + 1) – (jx) (ii) The value of r is ± ∞ at point A = 1, B = 0.
2 2
(r – 1 + x ) + j (2x) (iii) The circles pass through the point (1,0).
= 2 2 (iv) The circles compress when ‘r’ increases from 0 to ∞.
( r + 1) + x
(v) When radius = 0, centre is (0,0) the circle is the outermost
= Re {Γ} + Im {Γ}= A + jB ... (2) circle in smith chart.
On equating real and imaginary parts of equation (2), (vi) When radius = ∞, circle has a point at (1,0).
we get, 2. Constant-x Circle : Constant-x circles are obtained by
r 2 −1+ x2 eliminating r from equations (3) and (4),
Re {Γ}= A = ... (3) 2 2
(r + 1) 2 + x 2 1 1
i.e., ( A − 1) 2 + B − = ... (7)
x x
2x
Im {Γ}= B = ... (4)
(r + 1) 2 + x 2 On comparing equation (7) with equation (6), we get,
1
Smith chart consists of two circles, Radius =
x
1. Constant-r circle JK 1 NO
2. Constant-x circle. Centre at (A,B) = KK1, OO
L xP
Warning: Xerox/Photocopying of this book is a criminal act. Anyone found guilty is LIABLE to face LEGAL proceedings.
Unit-5 (Transmission Lines) 5.27
The x-circles for different values of reactances is shown in figure (2).
B
x=1
jx
x = 0.5
x=2
x=0
∞ A
–2
x=
.5
–0
–1
–jx =
x=
x
(a) A Line Driven by a Pulse Generator (b) The equivalent Circuit at z = 0, t =0+
Figure (1): Transients on a Transmission Line
Warning: Xerox/Photocopying of this book is a criminal act. Anyone found guilty is LIABLE to face LEGAL proceedings.
Unit-5 (Transmission Lines) 5.29
Q43. Discuss the configuration of the smith chart considering the two families of constant circles.
Ans: May/June-15, Set-2, Q7(a)
0
, r=
S =∞
x=0
S=1 x=±∞
Psc
Poc
Zg en
sg
w
ard
rd
wa
sl
To
oa
d
Figure (2): Smith Chart Illustrating Scales Around the Periphery and Movement Around the Chart
A slotted transmission line is basically a device employed for measuring unknown load impedance (ZL) at high frequencies.
It also measures standing wave ratio (s) with the help of smith chart.
Figure (1), depicts a typical slotted line.
E To detector
Slotted line
Probe
K
To load
or S.C
To 0 50 cm
generator
Calibrated
scale
Figure (1): Typical Slotted Line
The above figure consists of a slotted line with a probe and calibrated scale.
The slotted line with probe is kept along the direction of E-field, such that it can sample the E field and determine the
potential difference between probe and its outer shield.
Procedure
Step-1: First, connect the device to the load. Take the value of standing wave ratio (s) through the readings shown on detection
meter.
Step-2: Through the obtained value of s, a s-circle is drawn on the smith chart, as shown in figure (3).
Step-3: Next, the load impedance ZL is determined by first short circuiting the line and then connecting it with the load.
(a) When the line is short circuited, a reference position for load impedance at minimum voltage (Vmin) point is located.
The wave pattern of such is shown in figure (2).
(b) When the line is connected with load, the exact position of Vmin is noted and thereby the distance (l) from the selected
reference point (Vmin) to the load is measured, as shown in figure (2),
Load
λ/2 A A′
Short
λ/2 l
50 cm
0
Vmin ZL
Figure (2): Wave Pattern Determining the Location of ZL and Vmin on Line
l = distance toward load
S-circle
Vmin S
l ZL
Warning: Xerox/Photocopying of this book is a criminal act. Anyone found guilty is LIABLE to face LEGAL proceedings.
Unit-5 (Transmission Lines) 5.33
1. Location of Stub : The expression for input impedance
5.6 Stub Matching – Single and Double is,
Stub Matching R V
Zin = Z0 SSS ZL + Z0 tanh γl WWW ... (1)
Q48. What is meant by stub? Explain its use in trans- S Z0 + ZL tanh γl W
mission lines. T X
Input admittance,
Ans:
1 ^ Z0 + ZL tanh γl h
Yin = =
A stub is a short circuit transmission line of appropriate Zin Z0 ^ ZL + Z0 tanh γl h
length. It is connected either in series or parallel to the short
Dividing both numerator and denominator with Z0 ZL,
circuited or open circuited sections of a transmission line.
we get,
The arrangement of a stub is as shown in figure below, Z0 ZL
+ tanh γl
Main transmission 1 Z0 ZL Z0 ZL
Line Stub =
Z0 ZL Z0
+ tanh γl
Z0 ZL Z0 ZL
⇒ YR + YR tan2 βd = 1 + Y R tan2 βd
2 Stub impedance, Zt = jZ0 tan ( βls )
1 ls – Stub length
⇒ tan2 βd = Y Stub susceptance is,
R
tan– 1 f p
λ Z 2π
= L
ea β = o Y0 1
YL Y0 ^ 0 Lh
2π Z0 λ Þ cot(bls) = – 2 (Y0 – YL) = – Y –Y
YL Y0
The expression for location of stub interms of reflection
1 1
coefficient (Γ) is, = – ZL Z0 f Z – Z p
0 L
λ –1
d = 2π (φ + π – cos | Γ |)
p = –> H
ZL – Z0 ZL – Z0
=– ZL Z0 f
Where, ZL Z0 Z0 ZL
ZL – Z0
| G | = – 1 ZL – Z0
cot f p
1
ZL + Z0 Þ ls = –
β Z0 ZL
2. Length of Stub : The length of stub is determined by
considering the imaginary part of equation (6). 1 J
– 1K Z Z O
N
\ ls = – tan KKK 0 L OOO
2 β Z – Z0
(1–Y R) (tan βl) L L P
Ys = j
1 + (YR tan βl)
2 In terms of reflection coefficient stub length is,
J 2N
λ – 1K O
Since, tan βl =
1
=
Y0 ls = – tan KKK 1 – | Γ | OOO
YL 2π 2|Γ|
YR L P
JK Z – Z0 NO
Y0 JKK Y L NOO KKa | Γ | = L O
2
KK1 – 2 OO K ZL + Z0 OO
YL K Y O L P
∴ YS = j L2 0P The above expression can also be written as,
Y Y λ –1
1 + L2 . 0 ls =
Y YL 2π tan (Bs)
0
Y Y Where,
f1 + L p f1 – L p
Y0
YL Y0 Y0 1–|G|
2
= j Bs = "
YL 2|G|
f1 + p
Y0 Thus, the expression for single stub length is,
Z] J N
f 1– YL p
Y0 Y ]] λ – 1K
2O
= j
YL ]] – tan KKK 1 – | Γ | OOO , Bs > 0
0 ] 2π 2|Γ|
ls = [] JL 2N
P
]] λ – 1K 1 – | Γ | O
K O
Y0 (Y0 – YL) ]] tan KK O , Bs < 0
\ YS = j ... (7) ] 2π 2|Γ| O
YL Y0 \ L P
Warning: Xerox/Photocopying of this book is a criminal act. Anyone found guilty is LIABLE to face LEGAL proceedings.
Unit-5 (Transmission Lines) 5.35
Advantages The expression for the input impedance is,
1. It is used to eliminate reflection waves and standing RS Z + Z tanh γ l VW
S L 0 WW
waves. Zin = Z0 SS ... (1)
S Z0 + Z L tanh γ l WW
2. It uses one type of transmission line for the main line as T X
Þ Input admittance
well as the stub.
3. It is used to match any complex load to the characteristic 1 _ Z0 + Z L tanh γl i
Yin = =
impedance. Zin Z _ Z L + Z0 tanh γl i
0
4. It is used to match fixed impedance at microwave fre-
Dividing both numerator and denominator with Z0ZL,
quencies.
we get,
Disadvantages
1 Z0 Z
1. It is not suitable for matching variable impedances. + L tanh γl
Z Z Z0 Z L
2. It is not easy to change the location of a stub. = 0 L
ZL Z
Q50. Explain double stub matching. + 0 tanh γl
Z0 Z L Z0 Z L
Ans:
JK Y + Y tanh γl NO
Double stub matching is an impedance matching
\ Yin = Y0 KKK OO
L 0
technique in which two stubs are employed to overcome the Y0 + YL tanh γl O
L P
disadvantages of a single stub matching method.
The normalized input admittance is,
In double stub matching technique, the location of
the two stubs is fixed and their lengths are varied to achieve Yin
Y = ... (3)
impedance matching in the systems. The device is placed at a Y0
suitable point near the load. The first stub of length l1 is located
On substituting equation (2) in equation (3), we get,
at a distance of ‘l’ from the load and at a distance of ‘d’ from
the second stub of length l2 as shown in figure below. YL
+ tanh γl
l d Y
= 0 ... (4)
2 1 YL
1 + tanh γl
Y0
Warning: Xerox/Photocopying of this book is a criminal act. Anyone found guilty is LIABLE to face LEGAL proceedings.
Unit-5 (Transmission Lines) 5.37
Therefore, the primary constants are, Propagation Constant
R = 2.4 mΩ/m, Propagation constant is given by,
C = 0.0282 µF/m, g = ZY
L = 449 pH/m and Substituting Z and Y values in above equation g is
G = 8.43 m /m obtained as,
Q52. An open wire transmission line has R = 10 ohms g = 25.29 × 52.13 × 10 –6 ×+66.71 × +89.56
per km, L = 0.0037 Henry per km, G = 0.4 × 10–6 g = 0.036Ð78.135
mhos per km and C = 0.0083 × 10–6 Farad per
km. Determine the characteristic impedance Q53. The characteristic impedance of a uniform
and propagation constant. Assume frequency transmission line is 2309.5 Ω at frequency of 800
as 1000 Hz. Hz. At this frequency, the propagation constant
Ans: May/June-18, (R15), Q10 was found to be 0.054 ∠87.9º. Determine the
primary constants.
Given that,
Ans: April/May-13, Set-3, Q7
For an open wire transmission line,
R = 10 W/km Given that,
Shunt admittance Y is given by, The propagation constant of transmission line is given
Y = G + jwC as,
Warning: Xerox/Photocopying of this book is a criminal act. Anyone found guilty is LIABLE to face LEGAL proceedings.
Unit-5 (Transmission Lines) 5.39
The expression for characteristics impedance in terms 3.41 3.41 3.41
Þ L = = =
of Zoc and Zsc is given as, w 2pf 2p×1796
Z0 = Zoc ×Zsc ... (1) ` L = 0.3 mH/km
g 0.048+16.93°
Substituting the corresponding values in equation (1), And G + jwC = =
Zo 712.56+–11.2°
we get,
= 6.73 × 10–5Ð28.13°
Z0 = 328+–29.2º×1548+6.8º
\ G + jwC = 5.94 × 10–5 + j3.17 × 10–5
\ Z0 = 712.56Ж11.2° On comparing LHS and RHS, we obtain,
The expression for propagation constant in terms of G = 5.94 × 10–5
Zoc and Zsc is given as, ` G = 0.0594 mM/km
Zsc And wC = 3.17 × 10–5
tanh(gl) =
Zoc –5 –5
3.17×10 3.17×10
2γl C = =
e –1 1548+6.8° 2p f 2p×1796
Þ = ` C = 2.80 nF/km
e +1
2γl 328+–29.2°
= 2.17Ð18° = 2.06 + j0.67 \ The primary line constants are,
R = 34.03 W/km
Þ e2gl – 1 = (e2gl + 1)[2.06 + j0.67]
G = 0.0594 m M /km
Þ e2gl – 1 = e2gl[2.06 + j0.67] + 2.06 + j0.67
L = 0.3 mH/km
Þ e2gl[1 – 2.06 – j0.67] = 3.06 + j0.67 C = 2.80 nF/km.
3.06 + j0.67 3.13+12.35°
Þ e2gl = = Q56. The characteristic impedance of a certain line is
–1.06 – j0.67 1.25+–147.7°
710Ж16° when the frequency is 1 kHz. At this
Þ e2gl = 2.5Ð160.05° frequency the attenuation is 0.01 neper/km and
Þ 2gl = ln(2.5Ð160.05°) the phase constant is 0.035 rad/km. Calculate
the primary constants and the phase velocity.
= ln(2.5) + j160.05
Ans: April/May-13, Set-1, Q7
(\ ln(x + iy) = ln x + iy) Given that,
Þ 2gl = 0.92 + j160.05 For a certain line,
0.92 + j160.05 0.92 + j160.05 The characteristic impedance, z0 = 710 – 16
Þ g = =
2l 2 (100) The attenuation constant, α = 0.01 neper/km
= 0.0046 + j0.8
The phase constant, β = 0.035 rad/km
\ g = a + jb The operating frequency, f = 1 kHz
a = 0.046 m/km The primary constants, R,L,G and C = ?
b = 0.8 deg/km The phase velocity, vP = ?
p As, ω = 2πf
b(in rad) = 0.8 ×
180
= 2 × 3.14 × 1000
= 0.014 rad/km
= 6280
\g = 0.046 + j0.014
And, P = α + j β
Propagation constant, g = 0.048Ð16.93
= 0.01 + J 0.035
We know that, = 0.0364 74.05
R + jwL = Zog Since,
= 712.56Ж11.2° × 0.048Ð16.93° R + jωL = z0 × P
= 34.2Ð5.73° = 710 –16° × 0.0364 74.05
\ R + jwL = 34.03 + j3.41 = 25.844 –16 + 74.05
= 25.84 58.05
On comparing LHS and RHS, we obtain,
= 25.84 [cos 58.05 + j sin 58.05]
R = 34.03 W/km
= 25.84 [0.529 + j 0.848]
And wL = 3.41 = 13.66 + j 21.91
Warning: Xerox/Photocopying of this book is a criminal act. Anyone found guilty is LIABLE to face LEGAL proceedings.
Unit-5 (Transmission Lines) 5.41
(ii) Attenuation suffered and phase velocity (Vp) Reflection coefficient, k
The relation between real and imaginary parts of 1. At load end = ?
propagation constant P is given as, 2. At 20 cm from load = ?
P = ZY = 15.04∠66.5° × 31.4 × 10 −6 ∠89.5° Expression for reflection coefficient k is given by,
Z R − Z0
k =
66.5° + 89.5° Z R + Z0
= 15.04 × 31.4 × 10 –6
2 Where,
Z0 characteristic impedance is given as,
= 472.25 × 10 −6 ∠78° = 0.02173 ∠78° R + j ωL
= = 21.73 × 10–3 (cos (78°) + j sin (78°)) Z0 =
G + j ωC
= 21.73 × 10–3 (0.2079 + j 0.9781)
0.1 + j 4π × 10 9 × 0.01× 10 −6
= 4.51 × 10 – j 21.25 × 10
–3 –3 =
0.1 + j 4π × 10 9 × 100 × 10 −12
∴ P = 0.00451 – j 0.0212
0.1 + j125.66 125.66∠89.95
Now, comparing the real and imaginary parts with = =
P = α + j β, we get, 0.01 + j1.257 1.257∠89.54
Attenuation suffered while travelling 100 km = 99.968+0.41° = 9.998+0.205
= 100 × α Z0 = 10 + j0.0358 Ω
= 100 × 0.00451 Nepers
1.
Reflection Coefficient, k at Load End
= 0.451 × 8.66 db Z R − Z 0 10 + j 20 − 10 − j 0.0358
= 3.9 db k = =
Z R + Z 0 10 + j 20 + 10 + j 0.0358
∴ Attenuation suffered while travelling 100 km is 3.9 db j19.9642 20 − j 20.035
= ×
And, 20 + j 20.035 20 − j 20.305
Phase velocity (Vp) by which signal would travel is given 399.28 + j 399.98 399.28 + j 399.98
as, = =
400 + 401.40 801.40
ω 6.28 × 10 3
Vp = = = 296.2 ×103 k at load = 0.499 + j 0.498
β 0.0212
∴V p = 2.96 × 10 5 km/sec 2. Reflection Coefficient, k 20 cm From Load
Expression for reflection coefficient k at 20 cm from load
Q58. A TX line has primary constants R = 0.1 W/mt, is,
G = 0.01 mhos/mt, L = 0.01 mH/mt; C = 100 pF/ k(l = 20cm) = kLe–2γL
mt. If the line is connected to a load impedance
Where, γ is a propagation constant.
of (10 + J20) ohms, find reflection coefficient at
the: γ = ( R + jωL)(G + jωC )
1. Load end = [0.1 + j (4π × 10 9 )( 0.01× 10 −6 )][ 0.01 + j (4π × 10 9 )(100 × 10 −12 )]
Therefore, length of open circuited line is, Then, reflection coefficient can be obtained from VSWR
λ – j 0.0125 × 10 3 as,
l = cot–1 S–1 2–1 1
2π j 50 |r| = S + 1 = 2 + 1 = 3
= 0.16λ cot–1 [– 0.25] = 0.16 λ[– 1.326] Then, the reflection coefficient can be also expressed as,
ZL
–1 –π –1 Z –1
Q cot (– x) = 2 + tan ( x) | r | = Z o
L
Zo + 1
∴ l = 0.212λ m ZL
1 Zo – 1
Q60. A low transmission line of 100 Ω characteristic Þ 3 = ZL
Warning: Xerox/Photocopying of this book is a criminal act. Anyone found guilty is LIABLE to face LEGAL proceedings.
Unit-5 (Transmission Lines) 5.43
Q62. What is significance of standing wave ratio (ii) Short-circuit
in transmission line? Calculate the reflection ZR = 0, Zo = 50
coefficient and VSWR for a 50 Ω line terminated | 0 + 50 | + | 0 − 50 |
with S =
| 0 + 50 | − | 0 − 50 |
(i) Matched load 100
∴ S = =∞
(ii) Short circuited load 0
0 − 50
(iii) + j50 Ω load k = = –1
0 + 50
(iv) – j50 Ω load. ∴ k = –1
Ans: April/May-11, Set-4, Q8(b) (iii) +j50 Ω Load
∴ ZR = +j 50, Zo = 50
Significance of Standing Wave Ratio (SWR) in Transmission
Line + j 50 − 50 − 1 + j 1.414 135º
k = = =
j 50 + 50 1+ j 1.414 45º
Standing wave ratio in a transmission line gives the
measure of the matching of a load connected to a transmission ∴ k = 1 ∠90o
line with its characteristic impedance. 1+ | k | 1 + 1 2
S = = = =∞
1− | k | 1 − 1 0
SWR represented by ‘S’ and is given by,
∴ S = ∞
Vmax
S = (iv) –j50 Ω Load
Vmin
∴ ZR = –j50, Zo = 50
1+ | k | − j 50 − 50 1.414 − 135º
∴ S = k = = = 1 − 90º
1− | k | − j 50 + 50 1.414 − 45º
Where, k = Magnitude of reflection coefficient 1+1 2
∴ S = = =∞
⇒ k = | k |.e jφ 1−1 0
Z R − Zo ∴ S = ∞
k = Q63. Estimate VSWR of the loads, Z o = 50W and
Z R + Zo
Z L = 60 W.
Z − Zo Ans:
1+ R Oct./Nov.-20, (R15), Q10(b)
Z R + Zo Given that,
S =
Z − Zo Characteristics impedance, Zo = 50 W
1− R
Z R + Zo
Load impedance, ZL = 60 W
| Z R + Zo | + | Z R − Zo | The expression for VSWR is given as,
∴ S = 1+ G
| Z R + Zo | − | Z R − Zo | VSWR = ... (1)
1– G
(i) Matched Load Where,
Zo = 50, ZR = 50 G – Reflection coefficient
It is expressed as,
50 − 50
∴ k = =0 ZL – Zo 60 – 50 10
50 + 50 G =
ZL + Zo
= =
60 + 50 110
= 0.0909
Given that,
For a transmission line,
Characteristic impedance, Z0 = 50 W
Load impedance, ZL = 25 + j50 W
Line length, l = 60 cm
Wavelength, l = 2 cm
VSWR = ?
Input impedance, Zi = ?
Reflection coefficient, G = ?
Step 1
The normalized load impedance is obtained as,
ZL 25 + j50
ZL = r + jx = =
Zo 50
Þ r + jx = 0.5 + j
\ r = 0.5, x = 1
Step 2
The point of intersection of r and x is indicated by point ‘P’ on Smith chart.
Step 3
Extend the line OP to meet r = 0 circle at Q. Measure OP and OQ. Thus reflection coefficient is obtained as,
OP 5
G = = = 0.625
OQ 8
q G = 83°
` G = 0.625+83°
Step 4
A circle with radius OP is drawn as shown in figure (Smith chart). It cuts the centre line at S = 4.25.
` VSWR = 4.25
Step 5
The input impedance of the line can be obtained as, l should be expressed in terms of l.
Given, l = 2 cm = 0.02 m
l = 60 cm = 0.6 m
Þ l = 30 × 0.02 = 30l = 30 × 720°
` l = 216°
Since, l corresponds to an angular movement of 720° on the chart, the length of line corresponds to an angular movement
of 216°.
Warning: Xerox/Photocopying of this book is a criminal act. Anyone found guilty is LIABLE to face LEGAL proceedings.
Unit-5 (Transmission Lines) 5.45
Step 6
Move clockwise away from the load by 216° on the s-circle from point ‘P’ to point ‘X’. The point ‘X’ represent normalized
input impedance Zin.
Zin = 0.26 – j0.42
Hence, input impedance is given as,
Zin = ZoZin = 50(0.26 – j0.42)
` Zin = 13 – j21
Figure below illustrates the diagrammatic representation of VSWR, input impedance and reflection coefficient.
q Γ = 83°
qΓ
S = 4.25
2 16°
Given that,
For a lossy cable,
R = 2.25 Ω/m
f = 0.5 GHz
L = 1.0 µH/m
C = 1 pF/m
G = 0
α = ?
The attenuation constant is given by,
1
α = ( RG − ω2 LC ) + ( R 2 + ω2 L2 ) (G 2 + ω2 C 2 )
2
1
= (−ω2 LC ) + ( R 2 + ω2 L2 ) (ω2 C 2 )
2
=
1
2
[
(9.87 ) + 102 .47 = ] 1
2
(9.87 + 10 .12 ) = 3.16
∴ α = 3.16 Np/m
Q66. The characteristic impedance of the line R0 is 50 Ω and the SWR, ρ = 2 when the line is loaded. When
the line in shorted, the minima shift 0.15 λ toward the load. Determine the load impedance.
Ans: April/May-12, Set-2, Q8(b)
Given that,
Characteristic impedance, R0 = 50 Ω and
SWR, ρ = 2 when the line loaded.
When the load is shorted, the minima shift 0.15 λ toward load.
Load impedance, Zl = ?
Now,
1. Draw SWR circle for ρ = 2
2. Move anti-clockwise direction from Vmin = 0 to 0.15 λ and locate point as A.
3. Joint origin ‘O’ to A. This line OA cuts circle at point A.
4. The intersection between the line and the SWR circle can be given as,
Zl = 1 – j 7
5. The load impedance is given as,
Zl = Zl R0 Zl = Zl R0
= (1 – j 0.7) (50) = (1 – j 0.7) (50)
∴ Z l = 50 – j 3.5 ∴ Z = 50 – j 3.5
Warning: Xerox/Photocopying of this book is a criminal act. Anyone found guilty is LIABLE to face LEGAL proceedings.
Unit-5 (Transmission Lines) 5.47
Figure
Q67. An open wire line which is 200 km long is correctly terminated. The generator at the sending end has
VOC = 10 V, f = 1 kHz and internal impedance of 500 Ω. Z0 of the line is (683 – j138) Ω and propagation
constant is (0.0074 + j0.0356) per km. Determine sending end voltage, current, and power and receiving
end voltage, current, and power.
Ans: April/May-13, Set-2, Q7
Given that,
For an open wire line,
Length = 200 km
Voc = 10 V
f = 1 kHz
∴ I s = 8.4 mA ∴ I R = 1.91 mA
Warning: Xerox/Photocopying of this book is a criminal act. Anyone found guilty is LIABLE to face LEGAL proceedings.
Unit-5 (Transmission Lines) 5.49
Q68. A certain transmission line 2 m long operating at ω = 106 radians/sec has α = 8 db/m, β = 1 radian/m and
Z0 = 60 + j40 Ω. If the line is connected to a source of 10 0° Zg = 40 Ω and terminated by a load 20 + j50
Ω. Determine,
(i) The i/p impedance
(ii) The sending end current
(iii) The current at the middle of the line.
Ans: April/May-13, Set-1, Q8
Given that,
For a transmission line,
Length of transmission line, l = 2 m
Operating frequency, ω = 106 radians/sec
Attenuation constant, α = 8 dB/m
Propagation constant, β = 1 radian/m
Characteristic impedance, z0 = 60 + j 40 Ω
Generator impedance, zg = 40 Ω
Load impedance, zL = 20 + j 50 Ω
(i) The input impedance, zin = ?
(ii) The sending-end current, I(z = 0) = ?
(iii) The current at middle of the length, Is(z = l/2) = ?
(i) Input Impedance
The input impedance can be expressed as,
z + z 0 tanh γl
zin = z0 L
... (1)
z 0 + z L tanh γl
Since,
1 NP = 8.686 dB
8
⇒ α =
8.686
= 0.921 Np/m
γ = α + jβ = 0.921 + j 1
γl = 2(0.921 + j 1)
= 1.84 + 2 j
The formula for tanhγl is given as,
sinh γl
tanhγl =
cosh γl
It is convenient to evaluate sinhγl and coshγl separately,
sinhγl = sinh(1.84 + j 2)
= sinh 1.84 cos 2 + j cosh 1.84 sin 2
= 3.069(0.999) + j(3.228)(0.035)
= 3.066 + j 0.113
= 3.068 2.1107
Similarly,
cosh γl = cosh(1.84 + j 2)
= cosh 1.84 cos 2 + j sinh 1.84 sin 2
= 3.228(0.999) + j 3.069(0.035)
= 3.225 + j 0.107
= 3.226 1.9002
27236.11∠84.517
= = 71.643 34.607
380.162∠49.91
zin = 58.96 + j 40.68 Ω
(ii) Sending-end Current
The sending-end current can be expressed as,
Vg 10 10 10
I(z = 0) = = = =
zin + z g (58.96 + j 40.68) + 40 98.96 + j 40.68 106.99∠22.34
= 0.093Ж 22.34 As
(iii) Current at the Middle of the Line
To find the current at any point, it is necessary to evaluate and ,
Since,
I0 = I(z = 0) = 0.093 – 22.34 A
1 1
= [6.663 12.26 + 72.11 33.69(0.093) – 22.34] = [6.663 12.26 + 6.706 11.350]
2 2
1
= [6.663(cos 12.26 + j sin 12.26) + 6.706(cos 11.350 + j sin 11.250)]
2
1 1
= [6.663(0.977 + j 0.212) + 6.706 (0.98 + j 0.197)] = [6.510 + j 1.413 + 6.572 + j 1.321]
2 2
1
= [13.082 + j 2.734] = 6.541 + j 1.367 = 6.68 11.804
2
Warning: Xerox/Photocopying of this book is a criminal act. Anyone found guilty is LIABLE to face LEGAL proceedings.
Unit-5 (Transmission Lines) 5.51
Similarly,
1 1
(V – z I ) = [6.663 12.26 – (60 + j 40) (0.093 – 22.34)]
=
2 0 00 2
1 1
= [6.663 12.6 – 72.11 33.69(0.093 – 22.34)] = [6.663 12.6 – 6.706 11.350]
2 2
1
= [6.663(cos 12.26 + j sin 12.26) – 6.706(cos 11.350 + j sin 11.350)]
2
1 1
= [6.663(0.977 + j 0.212) – 6.706(0.980 + j 0.197)] = [6.510 + j 1.413 – 6.572 – j 1.321]
2 2
1
= [– 0.062 + 0.092 j] = – 0.031 + j 0.046 = 0.0554 123.97
2
At the middle of the line z = l/2, γz = 0.921 + j 1
Thus, the current at this point is given as,
V0+ –γz V0– γz (6.68 e j11.804)e – 0.921– j1 (0.055 e j123.97 )e 0.921+ j1
Is(z = l/2) = e – e = – [ j is in radians, j = j 57.3°]
z0 z0 60 + j 40 60 + j 40
(
6.68e j11.804e –0.921.e – j 57.3
–
) (
0.055 e j123.97e 0.921e j 57.3 )
= 6.68 e
– j 45.496
(0.398) 0.055 e181.270(2.512)
= 33.69 33.69 –
72.1 e 72.1 e 72.1 e j 33. 69
72.1 e j 33.69
2.659 –j45.496 – j33.69 0.138 –j181.270 – j33.69
= e – e = 0.37 e–j(79.186) – 0.002 ej147.580
72.1 72.1
= 0.037(cos 79.186 – j sin 79.186) – 0.002(cos 147.580 + j sin 147.580)
= 0.037(0.188 – j 0.982) – 0.002(– 0.844 + j 0.536) = 0.007 – j 0.036 + 0.002 – j 0.001 = 0.009 – j 0.037
Is(z = l/2) = 0.038Ж 76.32
Q69. A load (50 – j100) ohms is connected across a 50 ohms line. Design a short circuited stub to provide
matching between the two at a signal frequency of 30 MHz using Smith chart.
Ans:
Given that,
For a transmission line,
Characteristic impedance, Z0 = 50 Ω
Load impedance, ZL = 50 – j100 Ω
Operating frequency, f = 30 MHz
Length of the stub, ls = ?
Position of the stub, d = ?
The general expression for calculating wavelength (λ) is given as,
8
c 3×10 m/s
λ = = = 10 m
f 30×106 Hz
Step 1 : The normalized load impedance is obtained as,
Z 50 − j100
zn = r + jx = L = r + jx =
Z0 50
⇒ zn = r + jx = 1 – j2
∴ r =1 and x = – 2
Step 2 : The point of intersection of r and x is indicated by point ‘P’ in smith chart.
Step 3 : A circle with radius OP is drawn as shown in figure (smith chart). It cuts the centre line at 5.9.
∴ SWR = 5.9
Step 4 : The line OP is extended to ‘Q’ as shown in figure (smith chart).
The point ‘Q’ represents the normalized admittance.
From chart, the normalized admittance is obtained as yn = 0.2 + j 0.4
G H
Q
R
P
m
.86
=0
th
ng
Le
S
ub
St
Warning: Xerox/Photocopying of this book is a criminal act. Anyone found guilty is LIABLE to face LEGAL proceedings.
Unit-5 (Transmission Lines) 5.53
Then, the input impedance of transmission line can be calculated using smith chart as described below:
1. Mark the point ‘Psc’, which is the intersection of circle r = 0 and x = 0.
2. Move clockwise from Psc along the perimeter of the chart by 0.1l towards the generator and mark it as point Ps
3. At Ps, r = 0 and x = 0.725 i.e., Zin = Normalized
Input impedance = 0 + j 0.725
4. Input impedance, Z1 = Z0 Zin = 75(j0.725)
Zi = j54.375Ω
The corresponding smith chart implementation is shown in figure.
Figure
Warning: Xerox/Photocopying of this book is a criminal act. Anyone found guilty is LIABLE to face LEGAL proceedings.
Unit-5 (Transmission Lines) 5.55
Substitute in equation (1) Where,
1 100
l = (26.565) ∴ YR =
18.85 40 + j 30
l = 1.41 m 100 40 − j 30
YR = ×
40 + j 30 40 − j 30
Stub length,
1 Z Z 4000 − j 3000
cot −1 o 1 − o YR =
d = β 1600 + 900
Z L Z L
40 30
1 100 100 YR = −j
cot −1 1 − 25 25
d = 18.85
40 + j 30 40 + j 30
= 1.6 – j 1.2
1 100 40 − j 30 40 + j 30 − 100
d= cot −1 ×
18.85 40 + j 30 40 − j 30 40 + j 30 = (1.6 – j 1.2)2
1 π −0.32 − 3 j 2 + j1
d = − tan −1 ( −63.435) YS = ×
18.85 2 2 − j1 2 + j1
1 −0.64 − 6 j – 0.32 j + 3
d = (90 + 89.1) YS =
18.85 5
2.36 6.32
d = 9.5 m YS = − j
5 5
Ye (1 + tan 2 βl ) + j (tan βl )(1 − YR2 )
Stub admittance, Ys = YS = 0.472 – j 1.264
1 + (YR tan βl ) 2
Z 0 = Z in Z L
Z 02
⇒ ZL =
Z in
60 × 60
=
90 + j150
3600 90 – j150
= ×
90 + j150 90 – j150
324000 – j 540000
=
8100 – j 2 22500
324000 – j 540000
= [j2 = – 1]
8100 + 22500
324000 – j 540000
=
30600
324000 j 540000
= −
30600 30600
ZL = 10.588 – j17.65 Ω
Z L – Z0
⇒ Complex reflection co-efficient (G) =
Z L + Z0
10588 – j17.65 – 60
=
10.588 – j17.65 + 60
−49.41 − j17.65
=
70.59 − j17.65
−3176 − j 2118
=
5295
= 0.6 – j0.4
1+ | Γ | 1 − 0.6 − j 0.4
⇒ SWR = =
1− | Γ | 1 + 0.6 + j 0.4
0.4 − j 0.4
=
1.6 + j 0.4
0.4 − j 0.4 1.6 − j 0.4
= ×
1.6 + j 0.4 1.6 − j 0.4
SWR = 0.29 – j 0.29
Warning: Xerox/Photocopying of this book is a criminal act. Anyone found guilty is LIABLE to face LEGAL proceedings.
Unit-5 (Transmission Lines) 5.57
Q1. Show that “a distortion-less line is one in which the attenuation constant is independent
REPEATED
of operating frequency while the phase constant is linearly dependent on frequency”. 2
TIMES
Ans: Refer Q3. (May/June-17, (R15), Q1(g) | May/June-15, (R13), Q1(j))
REPEATED
2
TIMES
Ans: Refer Q16. (Oct./Nov.-20, (R15), Q1(i) | April/May-12, Set-3, Q7(a))
Q3. Starting with the differential equations for the elemental length of a uniform transmission
REPEATED
line, obtain the expression for the sending end voltage and current in terms of their values 2
at the receiving end and the secondary constant of the line. TIMES
REPEATED
2
TIMES
Ans: Refer Q27. (Oct./Nov.-20, (R15), Q11(a)) | April/May-11, Set-4, Q8(a))
Q5. Define and derive the input impedance of open and short circuited transmission lines.
REPEATED
2
TIMES
Ans: Refer Q28. April/May-11, Set-1, Q8(a) | April/May-11, Set-2, Q8(a))
Q7. Derive the equations of attenuation constant and phase constant of a transmission line in terms of R,
L, C & G.
Q8. Define the reflection coefficient and derive the expression for the input impedance in terms of reflection
coefficient.
Ans: Refer Q29. Important Question
Q9. Explain the significance and utility of λ/8, λ/4 and λ/2 lines.
Q10. Discuss the configuration of the smith chart considering the two families of constant circles.
Q12. Derive an expression for the location ‘ls’ and length ‘lt’ of a short circuited single stub.
EXERCISE QUESTIONS
Q1. A generator of 1V, 1 kHz supplies power to a 100 km long line terminated in Z0 and having the following constants,
R = 10.4 W/km, L = 0.00367 H/km, G = 0.8 × 10–6 mho/km, C = 0.00835 × 10–6 F/m. Calculate Z0, a, b, l and n.
RSZ = 694.32++11.703°ΩVW
SS 0 WW
SSα = 0.007928 Np/km WW
SS WW
SSβ = 0.03553 rad/km WW
SS WW
Sν = 1.95×10 km/sec
4 W
T X
Q2. A telephone line has R = 30 W/km, L = 0.1H/km, C = 20 mF/m and G = 0. At f = 10 kHz, find the secondary constants and phase velocity.
RS V
SSZ 0 = 2.236 – j0.0055ΩWWW
SS WW
SSVp = 22.367 m/sec W
SSγ = 6.863 + j2809.09 WWW
T X
Q3. A Communication line has L = 3.67 mH/km, G = 0.08 × 10–6 mhos/km, C = 0.0083 mF/km and R = 10.4 ohms/km. Determine the characteristic
impedance, propagation constant, phase constant, velocity of propagation, sending end current and receiving end current for given frequency
f = 1000 HZ, Sending end voltage is 1 volt and transmission line length is 100 kilometres.
RSZ = 681.28 – j144.81Ω VW
SS 0 WW
SSα = 0.00764 Np/km WW
SS WW
SSβ = 0.0354 rad/km WW
SS WW
SSI S = 1.43+12° mA WW
SS WW
–4
SSI R = 6.65×10 +186.7°AWW
T X
Q5. Determine the input impedance of transmission line of length 28° with terminated load of ZR/R0 = 2.6 + j1. Use smith chart.
[1.58 – j1.4W]
Q6. A 50 W lossless feed line is matched to antenna with ZL = (75 – j20) W at 100 MHz using single short stub-Calculate stub length and distance
between antenna and stub using smith chart.
[0.1125 lm, 0.165 lm]
Warning: Xerox/Photocopying of this book is a criminal act. Anyone found guilty is LIABLE to face LEGAL proceedings.